Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

powerful+leader

  • 1 сильный руководитель

    powerful leader, strong leader

    Русско-английский политический словарь > сильный руководитель

  • 2 máximo

    adj.
    maximum, greatest, maximal, top.
    m.
    1 maximum, high point, peak.
    2 Máximo.
    3 maximum, acme of a process or disease.
    * * *
    1 (velocidad) maximum; (puntuación, condecoración) highest
    1 maximum
    ————————
    1 maximum
    * * *
    1. noun m. - como máximo 2. (f. - máxima)
    adj.
    * * *
    1.
    ADJ [altura, temperatura, velocidad, carga] maximum

    máximo jefe o líder — esp LAm President, leader

    2.

    • al máximo — to the maximum

    debemos aprovechar al máximo nuestros recursos — we must exploit our resources to the maximum, we must make the best of the resources we have

    • como máximo — (=como mucho) at the most, at the outside; (=como muy tarde) at the latest

    te costará 5.000 como máximo — it'll cost you 5,000 at the most

    * * *
    I
    - ma adjetivo <temperatura/velocidad> top (before n), maximum (before n); <carga/altura> maximum (before n); < punto> highest; < esfuerzo> greatest, maximum (before n)

    era su máxima ilusión/ambición — it was her great dream/greatest ambition

    lo máximo que puede ocurrir es... — the worst that can happen is...

    II
    masculino maximum

    100 palabras como máximo — 100 words, maximum

    rendir al máximo — < persona> to give a hundred percent; < máquina> to work to its full capacity

    * * *
    = maximum, utmost, peak, maximal, ultimate, upper bound.
    Ex. When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.
    Ex. Indeed, he must take the utmost care never to jump to conclusions.
    Ex. Peak use of the libraries occurs during lunch hours.
    Ex. Summaries typically convey maximal information in minimal space.
    Ex. The whole project is undeniably full of sentimental, cinephiliac rapture, but it provided the ultimate opportunity for filmmakers to talk feverishly about the basic nature of their medium.
    Ex. It also provides a simple yet powerful mechanism for establishing the upper bound of the maximal substructural commonality of a series of compounds.
    ----
    * alcanzar el máximo = reach + a head.
    * al máximo = to the full, to the utmost, to the hilt, to the extreme, at full stretch.
    * a lo máximo = at best, at most, at the most.
    * aprovechamiento al máximo = optimisation [optimization, -USA].
    * aprovechar al máximo = maximise [maximize, -USA], optimise [optimize, -USA], realise + to its full potential, exploit + full potential, take + full advantage (of), get + the best out of, take + the best advantage, get + the most out of, realise + the potential, make + the best possible use of.
    * aprovechar al máximo las oportunidades = maximise + opportunities.
    * aprovecharse al máximo de = make + the best of.
    * aspirar a lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.
    * búsqueda por máxima proximidad = nearest neighbour searching.
    * cargado al máximo = fully-loaded.
    * coste máximo = maximum cost.
    * de máxima categoría = top-class.
    * de máxima seguridad = safety critical [safety-critical].
    * disfrutar al máximo = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * enojado al máximo = mad as hell.
    * esforzarse al máximo = do + Posesivo + utmost, stretch + Reflexivo, stretch + Nombre + to the limit, give + Posesivo + utmost, lean over + backwards, work + hard, give + Posesivo + best.
    * estar al máximo = overstretch.
    * explotar al máximo = realise + to its full potential, realise + the potential.
    * funcionando al máximo = overstretched.
    * funcionar al máximo = stretch + Nombre + to the limit.
    * hasta el máximo de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.
    * hasta un máximo de + Número = up to + Número.
    * lleno al máximo = packed to capacity, packed to the rafters.
    * lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * máximo anotador = highest scorer, top scorer, leading scorer.
    * máximo goleador = leading scorer, top scorer, highest scorer.
    * máximo interés = maximum interest.
    * nivel máximo del agua = high-water mark.
    * obtener el máximo beneficio = reap + full potential.
    * ofrecer lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.
    * premio máximo = jackpot.
    * producir el rendimiento máximo = come into + Posesivo + own.
    * prueba de la máxima proximidad = nearest neighbour test.
    * sacar el máximo partido = exploit + full potential, take + full advantage (of), take + the best advantage.
    * sacar el máximo partido a = get + the most out of.
    * sacar el máximo partido a Algo = reach + the full potential of.
    * sacar el máximo partido de = make + the best of, harness + the power of.
    * sacar el máximo partido de Algo = make + the most of.
    * sacar el máximo provecho de = get + the most out of.
    * sacar el máximo provecho de Algo = make + the most of.
    * ser el máximo = be the limit.
    * temperatura máxima = maximum temperature.
    * utilizar al máximo = stretch + Nombre + to the limit.
    * utilizar al máximo por medio del ordenador = explode.
    * velocidad máxima = speed limit.
    * velocidad máxima permitida = speed limit.
    * vivir la vida al máximo = live + life to the full.
    * * *
    I
    - ma adjetivo <temperatura/velocidad> top (before n), maximum (before n); <carga/altura> maximum (before n); < punto> highest; < esfuerzo> greatest, maximum (before n)

    era su máxima ilusión/ambición — it was her great dream/greatest ambition

    lo máximo que puede ocurrir es... — the worst that can happen is...

    II
    masculino maximum

    100 palabras como máximo — 100 words, maximum

    rendir al máximo — < persona> to give a hundred percent; < máquina> to work to its full capacity

    * * *
    = maximum, utmost, peak, maximal, ultimate, upper bound.

    Ex: When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.

    Ex: Indeed, he must take the utmost care never to jump to conclusions.
    Ex: Peak use of the libraries occurs during lunch hours.
    Ex: Summaries typically convey maximal information in minimal space.
    Ex: The whole project is undeniably full of sentimental, cinephiliac rapture, but it provided the ultimate opportunity for filmmakers to talk feverishly about the basic nature of their medium.
    Ex: It also provides a simple yet powerful mechanism for establishing the upper bound of the maximal substructural commonality of a series of compounds.
    * alcanzar el máximo = reach + a head.
    * al máximo = to the full, to the utmost, to the hilt, to the extreme, at full stretch.
    * a lo máximo = at best, at most, at the most.
    * aprovechamiento al máximo = optimisation [optimization, -USA].
    * aprovechar al máximo = maximise [maximize, -USA], optimise [optimize, -USA], realise + to its full potential, exploit + full potential, take + full advantage (of), get + the best out of, take + the best advantage, get + the most out of, realise + the potential, make + the best possible use of.
    * aprovechar al máximo las oportunidades = maximise + opportunities.
    * aprovecharse al máximo de = make + the best of.
    * aspirar a lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.
    * búsqueda por máxima proximidad = nearest neighbour searching.
    * cargado al máximo = fully-loaded.
    * coste máximo = maximum cost.
    * de máxima categoría = top-class.
    * de máxima seguridad = safety critical [safety-critical].
    * disfrutar al máximo = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * enojado al máximo = mad as hell.
    * esforzarse al máximo = do + Posesivo + utmost, stretch + Reflexivo, stretch + Nombre + to the limit, give + Posesivo + utmost, lean over + backwards, work + hard, give + Posesivo + best.
    * estar al máximo = overstretch.
    * explotar al máximo = realise + to its full potential, realise + the potential.
    * funcionando al máximo = overstretched.
    * funcionar al máximo = stretch + Nombre + to the limit.
    * hasta el máximo de las posibilidades de Algo = to + Posesivo + full potential.
    * hasta un máximo de + Número = up to + Número.
    * lleno al máximo = packed to capacity, packed to the rafters.
    * lo máximo = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * máximo anotador = highest scorer, top scorer, leading scorer.
    * máximo goleador = leading scorer, top scorer, highest scorer.
    * máximo interés = maximum interest.
    * nivel máximo del agua = high-water mark.
    * obtener el máximo beneficio = reap + full potential.
    * ofrecer lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.
    * premio máximo = jackpot.
    * producir el rendimiento máximo = come into + Posesivo + own.
    * prueba de la máxima proximidad = nearest neighbour test.
    * sacar el máximo partido = exploit + full potential, take + full advantage (of), take + the best advantage.
    * sacar el máximo partido a = get + the most out of.
    * sacar el máximo partido a Algo = reach + the full potential of.
    * sacar el máximo partido de = make + the best of, harness + the power of.
    * sacar el máximo partido de Algo = make + the most of.
    * sacar el máximo provecho de = get + the most out of.
    * sacar el máximo provecho de Algo = make + the most of.
    * ser el máximo = be the limit.
    * temperatura máxima = maximum temperature.
    * utilizar al máximo = stretch + Nombre + to the limit.
    * utilizar al máximo por medio del ordenador = explode.
    * velocidad máxima = speed limit.
    * velocidad máxima permitida = speed limit.
    * vivir la vida al máximo = live + life to the full.

    * * *
    máximo1 -ma
    ‹temperatura/velocidad› top ( before n), maximum ( before n); ‹carga/precio› maximum
    le fue conferido el máximo galardón she was awarded the highest honor
    su máxima ilusión/ambición es llegar a ser senadora her great dream/greatest ambition is to become a senator
    lo máximo que puede ocurrir es que llegue con retraso the worst that can happen is that she'll arrive late
    Compuestos:
    masculine ( period); penalty
    masculine highest common factor
    maximum
    el máximo de tiempo que le concedieron para pagar fue un año he was given a maximum of one year in which to pay
    el trabajo puede tener un máximo de 20 folios the piece can be up to 20 pages long
    como máximo te costará mil pesetas it'll cost you a thousand pesetas at the most o at the outside
    como máximo llegaremos a las once we'll get there at eleven at the latest
    aprovechó las vacaciones al máximo he enjoyed his vacation to the full, he made the most of his vacation
    las máquinas están rindiendo al máximo the machines are working flat out
    se esforzó al máximo she did her utmost
    * * *

     

    máximo 1
    ◊ -ma adjetivo ‹temperatura/velocidad› top ( before n), maximum ( before n);


    ‹carga/altura› maximum ( before n);
    ‹ punto› highest;
    ‹esfuerzo/ambición› greatest ( before n);

    máximo 2 sustantivo masculino
    maximum;
    como máximo at the most;
    aprovechar algo al máximo to make the most of sth;
    se esforzó al máximo she did her utmost;
    rendir al máximo [ persona] to give a hundred percent;

    [ máquina] to work to its full capacity
    máximo,-a
    I adjetivo maximum, highest
    carga máxima autorizada, maximum load allowed
    el máximo esplendor del imperio, the most brilliant period of the empire
    II m (tope) maximum: nos esforzamos al máximo, we did our utmost
    un máximo de cinco personas, a maximum of five people
    como máximo, (como mucho) at the most
    (a más tardar) at the latest
    ' máximo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    límite
    - máxima
    - suma
    - sumo
    - tasar
    - techo
    - tope
    English:
    absolute
    - aim
    - level
    - max
    - maximum
    - most
    - N
    - nth degree
    - out
    - peak
    - top
    - ultimate
    - limit
    - live
    - load
    - mileage
    - outside
    - stretch
    - take
    - utmost
    * * *
    máximo, -a
    ♦ superlativo
    ver grande
    ♦ adj
    [capacidad, cantidad, temperatura] maximum; [honor, galardón] highest;
    la máxima puntuación [posible] the maximum score;
    [entre varias] the highest score;
    el máximo goleador the top scorer;
    soy el máximo responsable del proyecto I am the most senior person on the project;
    los máximos responsables políticos del partido the party's senior politicians
    Mat máximo común denominador highest common denominator; Mat máximo común divisor highest common factor
    ♦ nm
    maximum;
    trabajan un máximo de 35 horas they work a maximum of 35 hours;
    al máximo to the utmost;
    llegar al máximo to reach the limit;
    pon la calefacción al máximo put the heating on maximum o as high as it will go;
    están trabajando al máximo they're working flat out;
    la libra alcanzó un máximo histórico frente al dólar the pound reached an all-time high against the dollar
    ♦ como máximo loc adv
    [a más tardar] at the latest; [como mucho] at the most;
    llegaremos como máximo a las seis we'll be there by six at the latest;
    podemos gastar como máximo cinco millones we can spend up to a maximum of five million
    * * *
    adj maximum
    * * *
    máximo, -ma adj
    : maximum, greatest, highest
    1) : maximum
    2)
    al máximo : to the utmost
    3)
    como máximo : at the most, at the latest
    * * *
    máximo1 adj maximum
    ¿cuál es la velocidad máxima? what's the maximum speed?
    máximo2 n maximum

    Spanish-English dictionary > máximo

  • 3 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 4 poder

    m.
    1 power (mando, competencia).
    estar en/hacerse con el poder to be in/to seize power
    poder adquisitivo purchasing power
    poder calorífico calorific value
    poder de convicción persuasive powers
    tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller
    el poder ejecutivo/legislativo/judicial the executive/legislature/judiciary (personas)
    poderes fácticos the church, military and press
    poderes públicos public authorities
    El poder corrompe a los indecisos Power corrupts the undecided.
    2 power, authorization.
    dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize somebody to do something
    por poderes by proxy
    poder notarial power of attorney
    3 faculty.
    4 proxy, letter of delegation, power of attorney, letter of attorney.
    Ella se casó usando un poder She married using a proxy.
    v.
    1 can, to be able to.
    no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you
    2 can, may (tener permiso).
    no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night
    ¿puedo fumar aquí? may I smoke here?
    ¿se puede? may I come in?
    no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that
    4 may, can (tener posibilidad, ser posible).
    puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out
    podías haber ido en tren you could have gone by train
    ¡podría habernos invitado! she could o might have invited us! (expresa enfado)
    puede que llueva it may o might rain
    ¿vendrás mañana? — puede will you come tomorrow? — I may do
    puede ser perhaps, maybe
    5 to be stronger than.
    tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up
    6 to can, to may, to be able to, to be apt to.
    Ella puede correr She is able to run.
    7 to might, to stand to.
    Ella podría surgir She might rise above.
    8 to be capable.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, podéis, pueden.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    pueda, puedas, pueda, podamos, podáis, puedan.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    puede (tú), pueda (él/Vd.), podamos (nos.), poded (vos.), puedan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    1. verb
    1) can
    3) may
    2. noun m.
    4) strength, force
    * * *
    1. VERBO AUXILIAR
    1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad de)

    ¿se puede llamar por teléfono desde aquí? — can you phone from here?

    no puede venir — he can't o cannot come

    no ha podido venir — he couldn't come, he was unable to come

    2) (=tener permiso para)

    puedes irte — you can o may go

    ¿puedo usar tu teléfono? — can o may I use your phone?

    ¿puedo abrir la ventana? — can o may I open the window?

    aquí no se puede fumar — you aren't allowed to smoke here, you can't smoke here

    3) [en peticiones]

    ¿puedes/puede darme un vaso de agua? — can I/may I have a glass of water please?

    ¿me puede usted decir cuándo sale el autobús? — can o could you tell me when the bus leaves?

    4) [indicando eventualidad]

    puede o podría estar en cualquier sitio — it could o might be anywhere

    ¡cuidado, te puedes hacer daño! — careful, you could o might hurt yourself!

    podías haberte roto una pierna — you could o might have broken your leg

    5) [indicando obligación moral]

    ¡no pueden tratarnos así! — they can't treat us like this!

    6) [en cálculos, aproximaciones]

    ¿qué edad puede tener? — I wonder what age he is?, how old do you reckon he is?

    7) [en sugerencias]
    8) [en reproches]

    ¡podías habérmelo dicho! — you could o might have told me!

    habría podido ser más amable — she could o might have been a bit nicer

    ¡al menos podrías disculparte! — you could at least say sorry!

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad)

    ¡no puedo más! — (=estoy agotado) I can't go on!; (=estoy desesperado) I can't cope any more!; (=he comido mucho) I can't eat another thing!

    2) (=tener permiso)

    ¿se puede? — may I come in?

    ¿puedo? — may I?

    3) (=tener dominio, influencia)

    los que pueden — those who can, those who are able

    el dinero puede mucho — money can do almost anything, money talks

    poder a algn: yo le puedo — I'm a match for him; [entre niños] I could have him *

    poder con

    ¿puedes con la maleta? — can you manage the suitcase?

    no puedo con él — (=no puedo controlarle) I can't handle him; (=pesa mucho) he's too heavy for me

    4) [en locuciones]

    • a más no poder, es tonto a más no poder — he's as stupid as they come

    • no poder por menos que, no pude por menos que decirle lo que pensaba de él — I just had to tell him what I thought of him

    5) CAm, Méx * (=molestar) [con irritación] to annoy; [con disgusto] to upset
    3.
    VERBO IMPERSONAL
    puede (ser) (=es posible) maybe, it may be so, perhaps

    ¡no puede ser! — that can't be!, that's impossible!

    puede (ser) que ({+ subjun}9})

    puede (ser) que esté en la biblioteca — he could o may be in the library, perhaps he's in the library

    puede (ser) que tenga uno ya — he may o might have one already

    puede (ser) que no venga — he may o might not come

    4. SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO
    1) (=capacidad, facultad) power

    poder de convocatoria, tienen un gran poder de convocatoria — they really pull in the crowds, they're real crowd-pullers *

    2) (=autoridad, influencia) power
    3) (Pol)

    ¡el pueblo al poder! — power to the people!

    ¡Herrera al poder! — Herrera for leader!

    • bajo el poder de algn, estar en el poder, ocupar el poder — to be in power

    • el poder central — central government

    • el cuarto poder — the fourth estate

    • los poderes fácticos — the powers that be

    • los poderes públicos — the authorities

    4) (=fuerza, eficacia)
    5) (=potestad)
    pl poderes powers
    6) (Jur)

    • por poderes o LAm poder — by proxy

    7) (=posesión) possession

    • estar u obrar en poder de algn — to be in sb's hands o possession

    esa información está u obra en poder de la juez — that information is in the hands of the judge, that information is in the judge's possession

    • pasar a poder de algn — to pass to sb, pass into sb's possession

    8) (Fís, Mec) power
    9) LAm (=persona) drug pusher
    * * *
    I
    verbo auxiliar

    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

    no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

    ¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

    ¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

    4)
    a) (en quejas, reproches)

    ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

    podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

    podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

    ¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

    poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

    7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)
    a) ( ganar)

    él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

    b) (Méx) ( doler)
    8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

    te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

    9) (en 3a pers)

    no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

    si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

    - puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not

    II
    1)
    a) (control, influencia) power

    estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

    caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

    b) (Pol)

    tomar el poder — to take o seize power

    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

    2) ( posesión)

    la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

    obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

    3)
    a) (derecho, atribución)

    tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

    b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

    4)
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power
    •
    * * *
    I
    verbo auxiliar

    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

    no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

    ¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

    ¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

    4)
    a) (en quejas, reproches)

    ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

    podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

    podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

    ¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

    poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

    7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)
    a) ( ganar)

    él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

    b) (Méx) ( doler)
    8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

    te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

    9) (en 3a pers)

    no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

    si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

    - puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not

    II
    1)
    a) (control, influencia) power

    estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

    caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

    b) (Pol)

    tomar el poder — to take o seize power

    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

    2) ( posesión)

    la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

    obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

    3)
    a) (derecho, atribución)

    tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

    b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

    4)
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power
    •
    * * *
    poder1
    1 = force, strength, power, leverage, authority, clout, might, muscle power, power of attorney, sway.

    Ex: Her reason admitted the force of his arguments, but her instinct opposed it.

    Ex: The strength of the acetone rinsing on the strength of the paper is investigated, and its efficiency in removing NM2P is also examined using gas liquid chromatography.
    Ex: She added that she felt sorry for the assistant because he had so little power.
    Ex: At certain times, dubious interpretations of the rules have even been used as leverage in gaining ground on matters of dispute between Community partners.
    Ex: One of the great virtues of networking is that it democratizes access to information and access to authority.
    Ex: IT executives would like to see their role in the organization elevated, giving them more ' clout', stature and visibility.
    Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.
    Ex: Their development, particularly for replacing human muscle power, has been in parallel with that of information technology, but largely independent of it.
    Ex: A power of attorney is a legal instrument that is used to delegate legal authority to another.
    Ex: During this period Africa was influenced by external forces as the Islamic states of the north extended their sway south.
    * abusar del poder = lord over, lord it over.
    * abuso de poder = abuse of power.
    * altas esferas del poder, las = echelons of power, the.
    * ansioso de poder = power-hungry.
    * asumir poder = assume + power.
    * ceder las riendas del poder = hand over + the reins of power.
    * círculo de poder = circle of power.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * conceder poderes = give + powers.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * control del poder = hold on power.
    * dar poderes = give + powers.
    * dejar sin poder = disempower.
    * división de poderes = division of powers.
    * ejercer poder = wield + power, exercise + power.
    * en el poder = in office.
    * equilibrio de poder = balance of power.
    * estructura de poder = power structure.
    * frecuentar los pasillos del poder = stalk + the corridors of power.
    * gente de poder = wielders of power, powerful people.
    * gobierno en el poder = ruling government.
    * grupo de poder = power group.
    * hambriento de poder = power-hungry.
    * igualdad de poder = parity of power.
    * inversión de poderes = power reversal.
    * jerarquía de poder = scalar chain.
    * llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.
    * los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.
    * los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.
    * lucha de poderes = power struggle.
    * lucha por el poder = power struggle.
    * luchar de poderes = battle of wills.
    * partido en el poder, el = ruling party, the.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasillos del poder, los = corridors of power, the.
    * perder poder = lose + power.
    * pérdida de poder = disempowerment.
    * poder adquisitivo = spending power, purchasing power, buying power.
    * poder colectivo = collective power.
    * poder curativo = healing power.
    * poder de atracción = drawing power.
    * poder de curación = healing power.
    * poder de discriminación = discretion.
    * poder de enganche = holding power.
    * poder del estado = state power.
    * poder de negociación = bargaining power.
    * poder de representación = power of representation.
    * poder de retención = holding power.
    * poder divino = divine power.
    * poder económico = economic leverage.
    * poder ejecutivo = chief executive, executive arm, executive power.
    * poder ejecutivo, el = Executive, the.
    * poder estatal = state power.
    * poder imperial = imperial power.
    * poder judicial = judicial arm, judicial system.
    * poder judicial, el = judiciary, the.
    * poder legal = statutory power.
    * poder legislativo = legislative power, legislative arm.
    * poder mágico = magical power, magic power.
    * poder notarial = power of attorney.
    * poder político = political power.
    * poder presidencial = presidential power.
    * poder público = public power, public authority.
    * poder remunerativo = earning power, earning capacity.
    * poder sobrenatural = supernatural power.
    * política del poder = power politics.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * posición de poder = position power.
    * quitar el poder = disempower.
    * relación de poder = power relationship.
    * relaciones de poder = power relations.
    * sediento de poder = power-hungry.
    * subida al poder = seizure of power.
    * subir al poder = rise to + power.
    * tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.
    * tener el poder de = have + the power to.
    * tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.
    * tomar el poder = take + power.
    * tomar las riendas del poder = take + the reins of power.

    poder2
    2 = be able to, be capable of, can, have + the opportunity, may, qualify for, manage to.

    Ex: Thus the electronic journal (e-journal) is a concept where scientists are able to input ideas and text to a computer data base for their colleagues to view, and similarly to view the work of others.

    Ex: Main classes are thus only capable of precise definition in the contexts of particular classification schemes.
    Ex: When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.
    Ex: Every librarian, regardless of his government's policy, has the opportunity, if he has the courage, to open the avenues of books and ideas a little wider.
    Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.
    Ex: FIAC has drawn up a list of criteria to determine whether an advice centre qualifies for membership of the Federation.
    Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.
    * Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.
    * al que no se puede dejar de faltar = unmissable.
    * como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.
    * cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.
    * de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.
    * en el que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.
    * hacerlo lo mejor que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.
    * hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.
    * hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).
    * lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.
    * muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.
    * muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.
    * nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * noche sin poder dormir = sleepless night.
    * no poder = be unable to, cannot, can't [cannot].
    * no poder aguantar a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder conciliar el sueño = have + trouble sleeping.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly, cannot + give + too much emphasis + to the importance of.
    * no poder dormir = sleeplessness.
    * no poder estarse quieto = have + the fidgets, fidget.
    * no poder evitar + Infinitivo = cannot help + Gerundio, cannot help but + Verbo.
    * no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no poder permitirse = ill afford.
    * no poder permitirse el lujo de = ill afford.
    * no poder quitarse Algo de la cabeza = can't get it out of my mind.
    * no poderse buscar = be unsearchable.
    * no poderse negar que = there + be + no denying that.
    * no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no pude evitar notar que = couldn't help but notice (that).
    * no puedo aguantarlo = can't take it.
    * no puedo comprender = I can't get over.
    * No se le puede pedir peras al olmo = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * poder contar con = be there for + Pronombre, be there for + Pronombre.
    * poder + Infinitivo = succeed in + Gerundio.
    * poderse afirmar que = it + be + safe to say that.
    * poderse contestar = be answerable.
    * poderse integrar en = be integrable in.
    * poderse localizar = be locatable.
    * poder utilizarse = be usable.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * puede muy bien ser = could well be.
    * puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.
    * puede que = maybe.
    * puede que al final sea para bien = be a blessing in disguise.
    * ¿Puede repetir? = I beg your pardon?, I beg your pardon?.
    * que no se le puede dar un nombre = unnameable.
    * que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.
    * que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.
    * que no se puede hacer cumplir = unenforceable.
    * que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.
    * que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.
    * que puede causar detención = arrestable.
    * que puede demostrarse = demonstrably.
    * que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.
    * que puede ser apilado = stacking.
    * que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.
    * querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.
    * que se le puede dar un nombre = nameable.
    * que se puede arreglar = fixable.
    * que se puede buscar = searchable.
    * que se puede cambiar de tamaño = resizeable [re-sizeable].
    * que se puede escuchar = playable.
    * que se puede hacer cumplir = enforceable.
    * que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.
    * que se puede imprimir = printable.
    * que se puede quitar = detachable.
    * que se puede separar = detachable.
    * que se puede visualizar = viewable.
    * sálvese el que pueda = free-for-all.
    * sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence.
    * se puede = is to be.
    * siempre que uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time.
    * sin poder contenerse = helplessly.
    * sin poder dormir = sleepless.
    * sin poder extinguirlo = inextinguishably.
    * sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.
    * tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.
    * todavía + poderse + escuchar los ecos de = echo + still resound from.

    * * *
    poder1 [ E21 ]
    A tener la capacidad de
    B expresando idea de permiso
    C expresando un derecho moral
    D
    1 en quejas, reproches
    2 en sugerencias
    3 solicitando un favor
    A
    1 poder con algo/alguien
    2 el dinero lo puede todo
    B en locuciones
    C
    1 vencer, ganar
    2 doler
    A con idea de eventualidad
    B en tercera persona
    A
    (tener la capacidad o posibilidad de): ven en cuanto puedas come as soon as you can
    no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much
    ¿cómo que no puedes? what do you mean, you can't do it ( o you can't come etc)?
    no podía dejar de reír I couldn't stop laughing
    no va a poder venir he won't be able to come
    ¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta definitiva? when will you be able to o when can you give me a firm answer?
    no pude convencerla I couldn't persuade her
    no pudo asistir a la reunión he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting
    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? did you manage to do it o were you able to do it on your own?
    hicimos todo lo que pudimos por ayudarlos we did everything in our power o everything we could to help them
    no se puede valer por sí mismo he can't manage by himself
    no habría podido hacerlo sin tu ayuda I wouldn't have been able to do it o I couldn't have done it without your help
    no debe (de) haber podido encontrarlo she obviously couldn't find it o can't have found it
    ¡este niño no se puede estar quieto ni un minuto! this child just won't o can't keep still for a minute!
    con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar it was impossible to work o you couldn't work with that noise going on
    ¿sabes que se han prometido? — ¡no te (lo) puedo creer! do you know they're engaged? — you're joking! o I don't believe it!
    B
    (expresando idea de permiso): ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?
    ya pueden volver la hoja you may turn the page over now
    ¿me puedo ir? — ¡no señor! can o may I go? — no, you cannot o may not!
    ¿sales a jugar? — no puedo, estoy castigada are you coming out to play? — I can't, I'm being kept in
    ¿puedo pasar? may I come in?
    ¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? may I make a suggestion?
    ¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? could I leave a little earlier today?
    por mí, puedes hacer lo que quieras as far as I'm concerned, you can do whatever you like
    no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt
    ¿quién te lo dijo, si se puede saber? who told you, may I ask?
    ¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in
    aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here, you can't smoke here
    C
    (expresando un derecho moral): no podemos hacerle eso we can't do that to her
    después de lo que has trabajado, bien puedes tomarte un descanso you're entitled to o you deserve a rest after all the work you've done
    es lo menos que puedes hacer it's the least you can do
    D
    1
    (en quejas, reproches): ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? how could you do such a thing?
    ¿cómo puedes ser tan ingrato? how can you be so ungrateful?
    podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
    2
    (en sugerencias): podrías or podías pedírselo tú, a ti siempre te hace caso why don't you ask him? he always listens to you
    ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea
    3
    (solicitando un favor): ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?
    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
    ¿no puedes irte a jugar a otra parte? can't you go and play somewhere else?
    A
    1 poder CON algo/algn:
    ¿tú puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?
    no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase
    yo no puedo solo con la casa, los niños y la tienda I can't do the housework, look after the children and run the store all on my own, I can't cope with the house, the children and the store all on my own
    no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get o come to grips with German and he gave up
    ¡con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!
    podérsela ( Chi fam); to cope, manage
    no se la puede con el trabajo he can't cope with the job o manage the job
    2
    el dinero lo puede todo money talks, you can do anything if you have money
    a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst
    gana dinero a más no poder she's making pots of money ( colloq), she's making money hand over fist
    es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come
    corrimos a más no poder we ran for all we were worth o as fast as we could
    no poder más: estoy que no puedo más (de cansancio) I'm exhausted
    a mí no me des postre que ya no puedo más don't serve me any dessert, I can't eat anything else
    ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child
    no podía más, y ese estúpido que no salía del cuarto de baño I was desperate o I was bursting to go and that idiot wouldn't come out of the bathroom ( colloq)
    ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad
    no poder (por) menos que: uno no puede menos que sentirse halagado one can't help feeling flattered
    no puedo menos que expresar mi profunda decepción I feel I must say how deeply disappointed I am
    no pudo menos que reconocer que teníamos razón she had no alternative but to admit that we were right
    C
    1 ( fam)
    (vencer, ganar): él es más alto pero tú le puedes he's taller than you but you can beat him
    tu papá no le puede al mío your dad's not as strong as mine
    a gracioso no hay quien le pueda as a comic, there's no-one to beat him o he's unbeatable
    2
    ( Méx fam) (doler): tu desprecio le puede mucho she's very hurt by your disdainful attitude, your disdainful attitude hurts her deeply
    nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio we were greatly saddened o terribly upset by Julio's death
    A
    (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): puede aparecer en cualquier momento he may turn up at any moment
    de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa anything's possible with him
    no sé dónde lo puedo haber puesto I don't know where I can have put it
    no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso don't do anything that might look suspicious
    puede haber venido mientras no estábamos he may have come while we were out
    hace horas que están reunidos ¿de qué pueden estar hablando? they've been in that meeting for hours, what can they be talking about?
    te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!
    un error así puede costar millones a mistake like that could cost millions
    no podía haber estado más amable she couldn't have been kinder
    llaman a la puerta — ¿quién podrá ser a estas horas? there's someone at the door — who can o could it be at this time?
    podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again
    Pilar no pudo haber sido it couldn't have been Pilar
    ¿nos habrá mentido? — no sé, puede ser do you think he lied to us? — I don't know, he may have done o it's possible
    no puede ser que ya haya terminado he can't have finished already
    si puede ser or ( Esp) a poder ser preferiría la cuarta fila if possible, I'd prefer row four
    me habría gustado verlo pero no pudo ser I would have liked to see him but it wasn't possible o it wasn't to be
    puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right
    puede (ser) que no nos haya visto he may not have seen us
    ¿vas a votar para ella? — puede que sí or puede are you going to vote for her? — maybe o I may
    ¿lo vas a aceptar? — puede que sí, puede que no are you going to accept it? — maybe, maybe not
    A
    1 (control, influencia) power
    el poder de la prensa the power of the press
    tiene mucho poder en el pueblo he has a great deal of power o influence o he is a very powerful man in the village
    la Familia Real no tiene ningún poder the Royal Family has no power
    Constantinopla cayó en poder de los turcos Constantinople fell to the Turks
    estamos/nos tiene en su poder we are/she has us in her power
    2 ( Pol):
    el poder power
    estar en el poder to be in power
    tomar el poder to take o seize power
    asumir el poder to assume power
    detenta el poder desde hace 20 años ( frml); he has held power for 20 years
    lleva cuatro años en el poder he has been in power for four years
    toda la vida buscó el poder y la gloria all her life she sought power and fame
    el poder en la sombra the power behind the throne
    el poder corrompe power corrupts
    B
    (posesión): la carta está en poder de las autoridades the letter is in the hands of the authorities
    hay que evitar que llegue a su poder we have to stop it falling into his hands
    obra en su poder la copia del acta ( frml); you have in your possession a copy of the minutes
    la solicitud ya pasó a poder de la oficina central the application has already been passed to our head office
    C
    1
    (derecho, atribución): tiene amplios/plenos poderes para investigar el asunto he has wide-ranging powers/full authority to investigate the matter
    la entrega or transmisión de poderes the handing over o transmission of power
    los poderes de la junta son ilimitados the junta has unlimited powers
    los poderes que le han sido conferidos the powers which have been vested in him
    la separación de poderes entre la Iglesia y el Estado the division o separation of power between the Church and the State
    2 ( Der) (documento) letter of authorization; (hecho ante notario) power of attorney
    casarse por poder( AmL) or ( Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
    D
    1 (capacidad, facultad) power
    su poder de convicción or de persuasión her power of persuasion
    el poder del amor/de la sugestión the power of love/of suggestion
    tiene poderes extrasensoriales he has extrasensory powers
    2 (de un motor, aparato) power
    Compuestos:
    masculine absolute power
    masculine (de una divisa, un sueldo) purchasing power, buying power; (de una persona, un grupo) purchasing power, spending power
    masculine divine power
    el poder ejecutivo the executive
    mpl power of attorney
    mpl:
    los poderes públicos the authorities
    el poder judicial the judiciary
    el poder legislativo the legislature
    * * *

     

    poder 1 ( conjugate poder) v aux
    1 ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de):

    no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much;
    no podía dormir I couldn't sleep;
    no va a poder venir he won't be able to come;
    no pudo asistir he was unable to o he couldn't attend;
    ¿pudiste hacerlo sola? were you able to do it on your own?
    2

    ◊ ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?;

    ¿podría irme más temprano hoy? could I leave earlier today?;
    puedes hacer lo que quieras you can do whatever you like;
    no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt;
    ¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in;
    aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here

    ◊ ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?;

    ¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
    3 ( expresando derecho moral):

    4 (en quejas, reproches): podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
    ( con idea de esfuerzo)
    1 poder con algo/algn:
    ◊ ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?;

    no puedo con este niño I can't cope with this child;
    estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted;

    ( lleno) I can't eat anything else;

    2 (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!;

    podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again;
    no pudo ser it wasn't possible;
    puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right;
    puede que sí, puede que no maybe, maybe not
    3 (Méx) ( doler):

    poder 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (control, influencia) power;


    estamos en su poder we are in her power
    b) (Pol)


    estar en el poder to be in power;
    tomar el poder to take o seize power
    2 ( posesión):
    ◊ la carta está en poder de … the letter is in the hands of …

    3
    a) (derecho, atribución) power;



    ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney;
    casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
    4
    a) (capacidad, facultad) power;


    poder adquisitivo purchasing power
    b) (de motor, aparato) power

    poder 1 sustantivo masculino power
    Jur por poderes, by proxy
    Econ poder adquisitivo, purchasing power
    poder 2
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (tener capacidad) to be able to, can: no puedo evitarlo, I can't help it
    podías habernos avisado, you could/ might have warned us
    2 (tener derecho o autorización) may, might, can
    ¿puedo repetir?, may I have a second helping?
    no puede tomar carne de cerdo, he can't eat pork
    las mujeres ya pueden votar, women can already vote
    3 (uso impers) may, might: puede que la vea luego, I might see her later
    puede que sí, puede que no, maybe, maybe not
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to cope [con, with]: no puedo con todo, I can't cope
    2 (vencer, tener más fuerza) to be stronger than
    En el presente, can y to be able to son sinónimos. Sin embargo, en el pasado could significa que podías hacer algo, mientras que was o were able to significa que, además de poder hacerlo, lo hiciste: I could tell him the truth. Podía decirle la verdad (no sabemos si lo hice). I was able to tell him the truth. Fui capaz de decirle la verdad (lo hice). En el futuro solo podemos emplear to be able to: I will be able to do it tomorrow. Podré hacerlo mañana.
    Para expresar posibilidad puedes usar may, could o might. La diferencia consiste en el grado de probabilidad que sugieren. Recuerda que may se refiere a hechos más probables que might o could: Puede que llueva mañana. It may rain tomorrow (crees que es posible). It might/ could rain tomorrow (crees que la posibilidad es más remota).
    ' poder' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    absoluta
    - absoluto
    - abusar
    - abuso
    - adquisitiva
    - adquisitivo
    - ámbito
    - caber
    - CGPJ
    - concentrar
    - continuismo
    - desgaste
    - desperdicio
    - destronar
    - desvelarse
    - dominio
    - entregar
    - erótica
    - excedente
    - garra
    - grabar
    - grandeza
    - idea
    - informal
    - judicial
    - legislativa
    - legislativo
    - manifestarse
    - mano
    - obrar
    - parcela
    - remediar
    - respirar
    - sátrapa
    - sed
    - seducción
    - someterse
    - sugestión
    - usurpar
    - ver
    - acumular
    - anhelar
    - ansia
    - ansiar
    - atribuir
    - autoridad
    - ávido
    - ceder
    - clavar
    - confiar
    English:
    able
    - abuse
    - afford
    - anything
    - assume
    - assumption
    - can
    - conform
    - cope
    - encroach
    - fold
    - form
    - foursome
    - get
    - glad
    - greed
    - greediness
    - greedy
    - handle
    - hungry
    - lust
    - make
    - manage
    - may
    - might
    - office
    - out
    - power
    - power of attorney
    - proxy
    - purchasing power
    - seize
    - seizure
    - spending power
    - stick
    - stranglehold
    - take aside
    - takeover
    - unable
    - use
    - utmost
    - whichever
    - zenith
    - could
    - executive
    - height
    - helplessly
    - judiciary
    - lie
    - peace
    * * *
    poder1 nm
    1. [mando, autoridad] power;
    la gente con más poder en la organización the most powerful people in the organization;
    estar en el poder to be in power;
    hacerse con o [m5] tomar el poder to seize power;
    perder el poder to lose power;
    el poder corrompe power corrupts;
    la separación de poderes the separation of powers;
    de poder a poder: un enfrentamiento de poder a poder a heavyweight contest;
    el partido se disputó de poder a poder it was a close contest between two excellent sides
    poder absoluto absolute power;
    el poder ejecutivo [el gobierno] the executive;
    los poderes fácticos the centres of power in society;
    el poder judicial [los jueces] the judiciary;
    el poder legislativo [las cortes] the legislature;
    poderes públicos (public) authorities
    2. [posesión, control]
    estar en poder de alguien to be in sb's hands;
    obra en su poder un documento comprometedor she has in her possession a compromising document;
    tienen en su poder a varios rehenes they have taken a number of hostages;
    el pueblo cayó en poder del enemigo the town fell to the enemy;
    la casa pasó a poder del banco ownership of the house was transferred to the bank
    3. [capacidad] power;
    un producto con gran poder de limpieza a very powerful cleaning product;
    tener poderes (paranormales) to be psychic, to have psychic powers
    poder adquisitivo [de salario] purchasing o buying power; [de persona] disposable income;
    poder calorífico calorific value;
    poder de convicción persuasive powers;
    poder de convocatoria: [m5] tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller;
    Mil poder de disuasión deterrent force; Mil poder disuasorio deterrent force
    4. [autorización] power, authorization;
    [documento] power of attorney;
    dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize sb to do sth;
    tener plenos poderes para hacer algo to be fully authorized to do sth;
    por poderes by proxy;
    casarse por Esp [m5] poderes o Am [m5] poder to marry by proxy
    poder notarial power of attorney [witnessed by a notary]
    ♦ vi
    1. [tener facultad, capacidad] can, to be able to;
    no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you;
    ahora mismo no podemos atenderle, llame más tarde we can't o we are unable to take your call right now, please call later;
    ¿puede correrse un poco, por favor? could you move up a bit, please?;
    al final pudo salir de allí in the end she managed to get out of there;
    ¡así no se puede hacer nada! we'll never get anywhere like this!;
    de poder ir, sería a partir de las siete if I manage to o can make it, it will be after seven;
    en cuanto pueda as soon as possible;
    si puedo, te llamaré I'll call you if I get the chance
    2. [tener permiso] can, may;
    no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night;
    ¿podríamos ir contigo? could we go with you?;
    ¿podría hablar un momento con usted? could I have a word with you?;
    ¿se pueden hacer fotos? can we o are we allowed to take photos?;
    ¿puedo fumar aquí? may o can I smoke here?;
    no se puede fumar you're not allowed to smoke;
    ¿se puede? may I come in?;
    ¿se puede saber dónde te habías metido? might I know o would you mind telling me where you were?
    3. [ser capaz moralmente] can;
    no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that;
    ¿cómo puedes decir una cosa así? how can you say such a thing?
    4. [tener posibilidad, ser posible] may, can;
    puede volver de un momento a otro she could come back any moment;
    puedo haberlo perdido I may have lost it;
    podías haber cogido el tren you could have caught the train;
    puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out;
    ¿dónde puede o [m5] podrá estar? where can it have got to?;
    ¡habría podido invitarnos!, ¡podría habernos invitado! [expresa enfado] she could o might have invited us!;
    ya podemos despedirnos de un aumento de sueldo we can forget our pay Br rise o US raise now
    5. [tener fuerza]
    poder con [enfermedad, rival] to be able to overcome;
    [tarea, problema] to be able to cope with;
    ¿puedes con todas las bolsas? can you manage all those bags?;
    no puedo con este baúl, ¿me ayudas a levantarlo? I can't lift this trunk on my own, can you give me a hand?;
    no poder con algo/alguien [no soportar] not to be able to stand sth/sb;
    no puedo con la hipocresía I can't stand hypocrisy;
    ¡contigo no hay quien pueda! you're impossible!
    6. Méx [doler] to hurt
    7. [en frases]
    a o [m5] hasta más no poder as much as can be;
    es avaro a más no poder he's as miserly as can be;
    llovía a más no poder it was absolutely pouring down;
    la pierna me dolía a más no poder you can't imagine how much my leg was hurting;
    no poder más [estar cansado] to be too tired to carry on;
    [estar harto de comer] to be full (up); [estar enfadado, harto] to have had enough;
    no pude por menos que reírme I had to laugh, I couldn't help but laugh;
    Fam
    ¡ya podrás, con una máquina como esa! anyone could do it with a machine like that!;
    no puedo con mi alma I'm ready to drop
    ♦ v impersonal
    [ser posible] may;
    puede que llueva it may o might rain;
    puede que se haya equivocado she may be wrong;
    ¿vendrás mañana? – puede will you come tomorrow? – I may do;
    puede que sí o puede que no maybe, maybe not;
    puede ser perhaps, maybe;
    si puede ser, a poder ser if (at all) possible;
    lo siento, pero no va a poder ser I'm sorry, but it's not going to be possible;
    puede ser que no lo sepa she may not know;
    ¡no puede ser que sea ya tan tarde! surely it can't be that late already!
    ♦ vt
    1. [ser más fuerte que] to be stronger than;
    tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up;
    mi coche le puede al tuyo my car is faster than yours any day
    2. Méx [doler]
    me puede mucho que me desprecies it hurts me a lot that you look down on me;
    le pudo su derrota, todavía no se repone losing really got to her, she still hasn't got over it
    * * *
    I v/aux
    1 capacidad can, be able to;
    no pude hablar con ella I wasn’t able to talk to her
    2 permiso can, be allowed to;
    ¿puedo ir contigo? can o may I come with you?
    3 posibilidad may, might;
    ¡podías habérselo dicho! you could have o you might have told him
    II v/i
    :
    poder con ( sobreponerse a) manage, cope with;
    me puede he can beat me;
    es franco a más no poder fam he’s as frank as they come fam ;
    comimos a más no poder fam we ate to bursting point fam ;
    no puedo más I can’t take any more, I’ve had enough;
    a poder ser if possible;
    puede ser perhaps, maybe;
    ¡no puede ser! it can’t be!, that can’t be right!;
    puede que perhaps, maybe;
    puede ser que no lo sepa maybe o perhaps he doesn’t know;
    ¿se puede? can I come in?, do you mind if I come in?;
    no pude menos de insultarle insulting him was the least I could do
    III m tb POL power;
    en poder de alguien in s.o.’s hands;
    plenos poderes pl full authority sg ;
    por poderes, L.Am.
    por poder JUR by proxy;
    los poder es públicos the authorities
    * * *
    poder {58} v aux
    1) : to be able to, can
    no puede hablar: he can't speak
    2) (expressing possibility) : might, may
    puede llover: it may rain at any moment
    ¿cómo puede ser?: how can that be?
    ¿puedo ir a la fiesta?: can I go to the party?
    ¿se puede?: may I come in?
    poder vi
    1) : to beat, to defeat
    cree que le puede a cualquiera: he thinks he can beat anyone
    2) : to be possible
    ¿crees que vendrán? - puede (que sí): do you think they'll come? - maybe
    3)
    poder con : to cope with, to manage
    ¡no puedo con estos niños!: I can't handle these children!
    4)
    no poder más : to have had enough
    no puede más: she can't take anymore
    5)
    no poder menos que : to not be able to help
    no pudo menos que asombrarse: she couldn't help but be amazed
    poder nm
    1) : control, power
    poder adquisitivo: purchasing power
    2) : authority
    el poder legislativo: the legislature
    3) : possession
    está en mi poder: it's in my hands
    4) : strength, force
    poder militar: military might
    * * *
    poder2 vb
    1. (capacidad, posibilidad) can / could / to be able to
    ¿puedo echarte una mano? can I give you a hand?
    ¿qué podemos comprarle? what can we buy her?
    ¿cuándo podrás venir? when will you be able to come?
    2. (permiso) can / may
    ¿puedo hablar con el jefe? can I speak to the boss?
    ¿se puede pasar? can I come in?
    3. (probabilidad) may / could / might
    puede que venga, puede que no he might come, he might not
    poder con to manage / to cope with

    Spanish-English dictionary > poder

  • 5 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 6 Rex

    1.
    rex, rēgis ( gen. plur regerum, Gell. ap. Charis p. 40 P.), m. [rego], a ruler of a country, a king.
    A.
    Lit.:

    omnis res publica, quae ut dixi populi res est, consilio quodam regenda est, ut diuturna sit. Id autem consilium aut uni tribuendum est aut delectis quibusdam, etc. Cum penes unum est omnium summa rerum, regem illum unum vocamus et regnum ejus rei publicae statum, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 26, 41; cf. id. ib. 2, 23, 43;

    1, 42, 65: simulatque se inflexit hic rex in dominatum injustiorem, fit continuo tyrannus,

    id. ib. 2, 26, 49: rex Albai Longaï, Enn. ap. Fortun. p. 2691 P. (Ann. v. 34 Vahl.); Cic. Rep. 2, 2, 4:

    regum sapientia,

    id. ib. 2, 6, 11:

    rex Ancus,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 5:

    Anco regi,

    id. ib. 2, 20, 35:

    regem deligere,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 24:

    creare,

    id. ib. 2, 17, 31:

    constituere,

    id. ib. 2, 18, 33;

    20: reges, nam in terris nomen imperi id primum fuit,

    Sall. C. 2, 1:

    regibus boni quam mali suspectiores sunt,

    id. ib. 7, 2:

    monumenta regis,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 15:

    reges in ipsos imperium est Jovis,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 6:

    urbem Romanam a principio reges habuere,

    Tac. A. 1, 1:

    post reges exactos,

    Liv. 2, 8.— A very odious name in the time of the Republic, i. q. tyrant, despot:

    pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat (populus Romanus),

    Cic. Rep. 2, 30, 53; cf.:

    hoc nomen (sc. tyranni) Graeci regis injusti esse voluerunt: nostri quidem omnes reges vocitaverunt, qui soli in populos perpetuam potestatem haberent. Itaque et Spurius Cassius et M. Manlius et Spurius Maelius regnum occupare voluisse dicti sunt, et modo (Ti. Gracchus),

    id. ib. 2, 27, 50 Mos.:

    rex populi Romani,

    i. e. Cæsar, id. Off. 3, 21, 83; cf. id. Fam. 12, 1, 1:

    decem reges aerarii,

    id. Agr. 2, 6, 14;

    v. also regnum, regno, and dominus, with tetrarcha,

    id. Mil. 28, 76; Hor. S. 1, 3, 12; Sall. C. 20, 7; v. Fabri ad h. l.— In ancient Rome the king had also priestly dignities and duties; hence, after the kings were expelled, the name rex (like basileus) continued to be given in relig. lang. to the priest who performed these duties; hence, rex sacrificulus, sacrificus, sacrorum; v. sacrificulus; and rex Nemorensis, i. e. priest of Diana Aricina, Suet. Calig. 35.—
    * (β).
    Poet., as adj., ruling, that rules or sways:

    populum late regem belloque superbum,

    Verg. A. 1, 21.—
    2.
    kat exochên, acc. to the Gr. basileus, the king of Persia, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 65; id. Eun. 3, 1, 7 and 11; Nep. Milt. 7, 5; id. Them. 3, 2; 4, 3; id. Paus. 1, 2 al.; cf of the king of the Parthi: regum rex (the Gr. basileus basileôn), Suet. Calig. 5; Amm. 17, 5, 3. —
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Of Jupiter, as king of gods and men:

    quem (sc. Jovem) unum omnium deorum et hominum regem esse omnes doctrinā expoliti consentiunt,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 36, 56; cf.

    of the same: summi deum regis,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 3, 2; and:

    divom pater atque hominum rex,

    Verg. A. 1, 65; 2, 648; 10 2, 743 (with this cf.:

    o qui res hominumque deumque Aeternis regis imperiis,

    id. ib. 1, 229):

    Olympi magnus rex,

    id. ib. 5, 533; Hor. C. 4, 4, 2; id. Epod. 16, 56.—Sometimes also of other deities, as rulers of the realms assigned to them:

    aquarum,

    i. e. Neptune, Ov. M. 10, 606; so,

    aequoreus,

    id. ib. 8, 603:

    umbrarum,

    i.e. Pluto, id. ib. 7, 249; so,

    silentum,

    id. ib. 5, 356:

    rex infernus,

    Verg. A. 6, 106:

    tertiae sortis,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 833:

    Stygius,

    Verg. A. 6, 252:

    antiqui poli, mundique prioris,

    i.e. Saturn, Mart. 12, 62.—Of Æolus, Verg. A. 1, 52 et saep.—
    2.
    In gen., head, chief, leader, master, etc. (mostly poet.); of Æneas, Verg. A. 1, 544; 575; 6, 55; 7, 220;

    of lions,

    Phaedr. 4, 13, 4;

    of the bull, as leader of the herd,

    Stat. Th. 5, 333; 11, 28;

    of the queen-bee,

    Verg. G. 4, 106;

    of the eagle,

    Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 203;

    of the Eridanus, as the first river of Italy,

    Verg. G. 1, 482;

    of Phanæan wine,

    id. ib. 2, 98 et saep.; also, of the master of a feast, like the Greek basileus:

    mensae,

    Macr. S. 2, 1; so absol. (sc. convivii), Prud. Cath. 9, 30 (cf. regnum and dominus); of a governor, preceptor of youth:

    actae pueritiae,

    Hor. C. 1, 36, 8; of the leader, king in children's games, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 59:

    rex inter ludentes delectus,

    Just. 1, 5, 1; of the protector, patron of parasites, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 73; id. Capt. 1, 1, 24; id. Stich. 3, 2, 2; Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 24:

    coram rege suā de paupertate tacentes,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 43; Mart. 2, 18, 5; Juv. 1, 136 et saep.; of the son of a king or chieftain, a prince, Verg. A. 9, 223; Val. Fl. 1, 174, Stat. Achill. 1, 156; Flor. 4, 9, 7 Duk. (cf. regulus and regina); of a powerful, rich, or fortunate person, Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 58:

    sive reges Sive inopes,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 11; 2, 18, 34:

    regibus hic mos est,

    id. S. 1, 2, 86; 2, 2, 45; id. A. P. 434. — Reges sometimes signifies the king and queen, Liv. 1, 39 init., 27, 4; sometimes the whole royal family, id. 2, 2, 11; 2, 3, 5; 45, 43, 9.— Poet., rex sometimes denotes the character, sentiments, or feelings of a king:

    rex patrem (i.e. paternum animum) vicit,

    Ov. M. 12, 30:

    in rege pater est,

    id. ib. 13, 187.
    2.
    Rex, rēgis, m., a surname in the gens Marcia, e. g. Q. Marcius Rex, consul A. U. C. 686, Sall. C. 30, 3:

    Q. (Marcius) Rex,

    brotherin-law of Clodius, Cic. Att. 1, 16, 10 (in a lusus verbb. with rex, a tyrant, despot); cf. Hor. S. 1, 7, 35:

    P. Marcius Rex,

    Liv. 43, 1 al.; cf. Suet. Caes. 6.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Rex

  • 7 rex

    1.
    rex, rēgis ( gen. plur regerum, Gell. ap. Charis p. 40 P.), m. [rego], a ruler of a country, a king.
    A.
    Lit.:

    omnis res publica, quae ut dixi populi res est, consilio quodam regenda est, ut diuturna sit. Id autem consilium aut uni tribuendum est aut delectis quibusdam, etc. Cum penes unum est omnium summa rerum, regem illum unum vocamus et regnum ejus rei publicae statum, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 26, 41; cf. id. ib. 2, 23, 43;

    1, 42, 65: simulatque se inflexit hic rex in dominatum injustiorem, fit continuo tyrannus,

    id. ib. 2, 26, 49: rex Albai Longaï, Enn. ap. Fortun. p. 2691 P. (Ann. v. 34 Vahl.); Cic. Rep. 2, 2, 4:

    regum sapientia,

    id. ib. 2, 6, 11:

    rex Ancus,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 5:

    Anco regi,

    id. ib. 2, 20, 35:

    regem deligere,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 24:

    creare,

    id. ib. 2, 17, 31:

    constituere,

    id. ib. 2, 18, 33;

    20: reges, nam in terris nomen imperi id primum fuit,

    Sall. C. 2, 1:

    regibus boni quam mali suspectiores sunt,

    id. ib. 7, 2:

    monumenta regis,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 15:

    reges in ipsos imperium est Jovis,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 6:

    urbem Romanam a principio reges habuere,

    Tac. A. 1, 1:

    post reges exactos,

    Liv. 2, 8.— A very odious name in the time of the Republic, i. q. tyrant, despot:

    pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat (populus Romanus),

    Cic. Rep. 2, 30, 53; cf.:

    hoc nomen (sc. tyranni) Graeci regis injusti esse voluerunt: nostri quidem omnes reges vocitaverunt, qui soli in populos perpetuam potestatem haberent. Itaque et Spurius Cassius et M. Manlius et Spurius Maelius regnum occupare voluisse dicti sunt, et modo (Ti. Gracchus),

    id. ib. 2, 27, 50 Mos.:

    rex populi Romani,

    i. e. Cæsar, id. Off. 3, 21, 83; cf. id. Fam. 12, 1, 1:

    decem reges aerarii,

    id. Agr. 2, 6, 14;

    v. also regnum, regno, and dominus, with tetrarcha,

    id. Mil. 28, 76; Hor. S. 1, 3, 12; Sall. C. 20, 7; v. Fabri ad h. l.— In ancient Rome the king had also priestly dignities and duties; hence, after the kings were expelled, the name rex (like basileus) continued to be given in relig. lang. to the priest who performed these duties; hence, rex sacrificulus, sacrificus, sacrorum; v. sacrificulus; and rex Nemorensis, i. e. priest of Diana Aricina, Suet. Calig. 35.—
    * (β).
    Poet., as adj., ruling, that rules or sways:

    populum late regem belloque superbum,

    Verg. A. 1, 21.—
    2.
    kat exochên, acc. to the Gr. basileus, the king of Persia, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 65; id. Eun. 3, 1, 7 and 11; Nep. Milt. 7, 5; id. Them. 3, 2; 4, 3; id. Paus. 1, 2 al.; cf of the king of the Parthi: regum rex (the Gr. basileus basileôn), Suet. Calig. 5; Amm. 17, 5, 3. —
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Of Jupiter, as king of gods and men:

    quem (sc. Jovem) unum omnium deorum et hominum regem esse omnes doctrinā expoliti consentiunt,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 36, 56; cf.

    of the same: summi deum regis,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 3, 2; and:

    divom pater atque hominum rex,

    Verg. A. 1, 65; 2, 648; 10 2, 743 (with this cf.:

    o qui res hominumque deumque Aeternis regis imperiis,

    id. ib. 1, 229):

    Olympi magnus rex,

    id. ib. 5, 533; Hor. C. 4, 4, 2; id. Epod. 16, 56.—Sometimes also of other deities, as rulers of the realms assigned to them:

    aquarum,

    i. e. Neptune, Ov. M. 10, 606; so,

    aequoreus,

    id. ib. 8, 603:

    umbrarum,

    i.e. Pluto, id. ib. 7, 249; so,

    silentum,

    id. ib. 5, 356:

    rex infernus,

    Verg. A. 6, 106:

    tertiae sortis,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 833:

    Stygius,

    Verg. A. 6, 252:

    antiqui poli, mundique prioris,

    i.e. Saturn, Mart. 12, 62.—Of Æolus, Verg. A. 1, 52 et saep.—
    2.
    In gen., head, chief, leader, master, etc. (mostly poet.); of Æneas, Verg. A. 1, 544; 575; 6, 55; 7, 220;

    of lions,

    Phaedr. 4, 13, 4;

    of the bull, as leader of the herd,

    Stat. Th. 5, 333; 11, 28;

    of the queen-bee,

    Verg. G. 4, 106;

    of the eagle,

    Plin. 10, 74, 95, § 203;

    of the Eridanus, as the first river of Italy,

    Verg. G. 1, 482;

    of Phanæan wine,

    id. ib. 2, 98 et saep.; also, of the master of a feast, like the Greek basileus:

    mensae,

    Macr. S. 2, 1; so absol. (sc. convivii), Prud. Cath. 9, 30 (cf. regnum and dominus); of a governor, preceptor of youth:

    actae pueritiae,

    Hor. C. 1, 36, 8; of the leader, king in children's games, Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 59:

    rex inter ludentes delectus,

    Just. 1, 5, 1; of the protector, patron of parasites, Plaut. As. 5, 2, 73; id. Capt. 1, 1, 24; id. Stich. 3, 2, 2; Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 24:

    coram rege suā de paupertate tacentes,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 43; Mart. 2, 18, 5; Juv. 1, 136 et saep.; of the son of a king or chieftain, a prince, Verg. A. 9, 223; Val. Fl. 1, 174, Stat. Achill. 1, 156; Flor. 4, 9, 7 Duk. (cf. regulus and regina); of a powerful, rich, or fortunate person, Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 58:

    sive reges Sive inopes,

    Hor. C. 2, 14, 11; 2, 18, 34:

    regibus hic mos est,

    id. S. 1, 2, 86; 2, 2, 45; id. A. P. 434. — Reges sometimes signifies the king and queen, Liv. 1, 39 init., 27, 4; sometimes the whole royal family, id. 2, 2, 11; 2, 3, 5; 45, 43, 9.— Poet., rex sometimes denotes the character, sentiments, or feelings of a king:

    rex patrem (i.e. paternum animum) vicit,

    Ov. M. 12, 30:

    in rege pater est,

    id. ib. 13, 187.
    2.
    Rex, rēgis, m., a surname in the gens Marcia, e. g. Q. Marcius Rex, consul A. U. C. 686, Sall. C. 30, 3:

    Q. (Marcius) Rex,

    brotherin-law of Clodius, Cic. Att. 1, 16, 10 (in a lusus verbb. with rex, a tyrant, despot); cf. Hor. S. 1, 7, 35:

    P. Marcius Rex,

    Liv. 43, 1 al.; cf. Suet. Caes. 6.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > rex

  • 8 प्रति _prati

    प्रति ind.
    1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition).
    -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c.
    -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of.
    -4 As a separable preposi- tion (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop.
    -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते.
    -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [ Note:-- In the com- pounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.]
    -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders.
    -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās.
    -अग्नि ind. towards the fire.
    -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v.
    -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose.
    -2 a division, chapter, section.
    -3 every limb.
    -4 a weapon. (
    -ङ्गम्) ind.
    1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1.
    -2 for every subdivision.
    -3 in each case (in grammar).
    -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch.
    -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1.
    -2 repository.
    -अनन्तर a.
    1 being in immediate neigh- bourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्).
    -2 standing nearest (as an heir).
    -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (
    -रम्) ind.
    1 immediately after.
    -2 next in succession.
    -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R.
    -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind.
    -अनीक a
    1 hostile, opposed, inimical.
    -2 resisting, opposing.
    -3 opposite.
    -4 equal, vying with. (
    -कः) an enemy.
    (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām.
    -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also).
    -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1.
    -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration.
    -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion.
    -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering.
    (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26.
    -2 a bordering country; especi- ally, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak.
    -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh.
    -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4.
    -अब्दम् ind. every year
    -अमित्र a. hostile. (
    -त्रः) an enemy. (
    -त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy.
    -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent.
    -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र.
    -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।).
    -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion.
    -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved.
    -अवयवम् ind.
    1 in every limb.
    -2 in every particular, in detail.
    1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12.
    -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19.
    -अश्मन् m. red chalk.
    -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease.
    -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6.
    -आकारः a scabbard, sheath.
    -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke.
    -2 reaction.
    -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour.
    -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally.
    -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself.
    -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself.
    -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45.
    -आदित्यः a mock sun.
    -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning.
    -2 pro- hibition.
    -आर्द्र a. fresh.
    -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8.
    -2 trust, con- fidence.
    -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12.
    -आस्वर 1 returning.
    -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2.
    -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5.
    -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder.
    -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14.
    -2 a bird resembling an owl.
    -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik.
    -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (
    -कम्) ind.
    1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31.
    -एनस् m.
    1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7.
    -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety.
    -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary.
    -2 a critic.
    -कण्ठम् ind.
    1 severally, one by one.
    -2 near the throat.
    -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually.
    -कश a. not obeying the whip.
    -कष्ट a. comparatively bad.
    -कामिनी a female rival; Śi.
    -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness.
    -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28.
    -3 a target, butt, mark.
    -कितवः an opponent in a game.
    -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant.
    -कूपः a moat, ditch.
    -कूल a.
    1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24.
    -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45.
    -3 inauspicious.
    -4 contradictory.
    -5 reverse, inverted.
    -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contra- diction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् dis- agreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.).
    -कूल ind.
    1 adversely, contrarily.
    -2 inversely, in inverted order.
    -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose.
    -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical.
    -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56.
    -क्षपम् ind. everynight.
    -गजः a hostile elephant
    -गात्रम् ind. in very limb.
    -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain.
    -2 an inferior mountain.
    -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house.
    -ग्रामम् ind. in every village.
    -चक्रम् a hostile army.
    -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene.
    -चरणम् ind.
    1 in every (Vedic) school or branch.
    -2 at every foot-step.
    -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45.
    -2 an image, picture.
    -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg.
    -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate,
    -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion.
    -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः).
    -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time.
    -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient.
    -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6.
    -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, every- where.
    -दूतः a messenger sent in return.
    -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7.
    -देशम् ind. in every country.
    -देहम् ind. in every body.
    -दैवतम् ind. for every deity.
    -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival.
    -2 an enemy. (
    -द्वम्) opposition, hostility.
    -द्वन्द्विन् a.
    1 hostile, inimical.
    -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29.
    -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25.
    -द्वारम् ind. at every gate.
    -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another.
    -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson.
    -नव a.
    1 new, young, fresh.
    -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38.
    -नाडी a branch-vein.
    -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic com- position; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c.
    -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45.
    -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v.
    -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15.
    -पक्ष a. like, similar.
    (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S,
    -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'.
    -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5.
    -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता
    1 hostility, opposition.
    -2 obstacle.
    -पक्षित a.
    1 containing a contradiction.
    -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष.
    -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary.
    -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh.
    -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76.
    -पदम् ind.
    1 at evry stop.
    -2 at every place, everywhere.
    -3 expressly.
    -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2.
    -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R.
    -पाणः 1 a stake.
    -2 a counter-pledge.
    -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3.
    -पादम् ind. in each quarter.
    -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'.
    -पादपम् ind. in every tree.
    -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil.
    -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man.
    -2 a substitute, deputy.
    -3 a companion.
    -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake).
    -5 an effigy in general. (
    -षम्) ind. man by man, for each man.
    -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript.
    -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon.
    -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to.
    -प्रभातम् ind. every morning.
    -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -- a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana.
    -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45.
    -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart.
    -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56.
    -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13.
    -बलः a.
    1 able, powerful.
    -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful.
    (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7.
    -2 strength.
    -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm.
    -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon).
    -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18.
    -2 an image, a picture.
    -बीजम् a rotten seed.
    -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5.
    (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21.
    -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1.
    -भय a.
    1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful.
    -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (
    -यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5.
    -भैरव a. dreadful.
    -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.)
    -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21.
    -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.).
    -2 an eccentric orbit.
    -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house.
    -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22.
    -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35.
    -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22.
    -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4.
    -मार्गम् ind. back, back- wards.
    -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी).
    -मासम् ind. every month, monthly.
    -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary.
    -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291.
    -2 near, present. (
    -खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (
    -खम्) ind.
    1 towards.
    -2 in front, before.
    -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming.
    -मुद्रा 1 a counter- seal.
    -2 the impression of a seal.
    -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment.
    -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness.
    -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी).
    -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants.
    -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2.
    -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb.
    -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4.
    -2 quarrel; controversy.
    -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण).
    -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22.
    -राजः a hostile king.
    -रात्रम् ind. every night.
    -रूप a.
    1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9.
    -2 beautiful.
    -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17.
    -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्).
    (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness.
    -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28.
    -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21.
    -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1.
    (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49.
    -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52.
    -3 a reflec- tion.
    -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token.
    -लिपिः f. a tran- script, a written copy.
    -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28.
    -लोम a.
    1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15.
    -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband).
    -3 hostile.
    -4 low, vile, base.
    -5 left (वाम).
    -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7.
    -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (
    -मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (
    -मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25.
    -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5.
    -कम् inverted order.
    -लोमतः ind.
    1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68.
    -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39.
    -वत्सरम् ind. every year.
    -वनम् ind. in every forest.
    -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding.
    -वर्धिन् a. being a match for.
    -वर्षम् ind. every year.
    -वस्तु n.
    1 an equivalent, a counter- part.
    -2 anything given in return.
    -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48.
    -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (
    -तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33.
    -वारणः a hostile elephant.
    -वासरम् ind. every day.
    -विटपम् ind.
    1 on every branch.
    -2 branch by branch.
    -विषम् an anti- dote. (
    -षा) a birch tree.
    -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree.
    -वीरः an opponent, antagonist.
    -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for.
    -वृषः a hostile bull.
    -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion.
    -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood.
    -2 a neighbour.
    -वेशिन् a. a neigh- bour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14.
    -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house.
    -वेश्यः a neighbour.
    -वैरम् re- quital of hostilities revenge.
    -शब्दः 1 echo, reverbera- tion; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28.
    -2 a roar.
    -शशिन् m. a mock-moon.
    -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda).
    -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21.
    -संवत्सरम् ind. every year.
    -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh.
    -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1.
    -सम a. equal to, a match for.
    -सव्य a. in an inverted order.
    -सामन्तः an enemy.
    -सायम् ind. every evening.
    -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun.
    -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16.
    -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17.
    -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere.
    -स्मृतिः N. of parti- cular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3.
    -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5.
    -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33.
    -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3.
    -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > प्रति _prati

  • 9 प्रभु


    pra-bhu

    pra-bhú
    mfn. (Ved. alsoﾠ ū́ f. vī) excelling, mighty, powerful, rich, abundant RV. etc. etc.;

    more powerful than (abl.) MBh. ;
    having power over (gen.) VP. ;
    able, capable, having power to (loc. inf. orﾠ comp.) Kāv. ;
    a match for (dat.) Pāṇ. 2-3, 16 Vārtt. 2 Pat. ;
    constant, eternal L. ;
    m. a master, lord, king ( alsoﾠ applied to gods e.g.. to Sūrya andﾠ Agni RV. ;
    to Prajā-pati Mn. ;
    to Brahmā. ChUp. ;
    to Indra R. ;
    to Ṡiva MBh. ;
    to Vishṇu L.);
    the chief orﾠ leader of a sect RTL. 142 ;
    a sound, word L. ;
    quicksilver L. ;
    N. of a deity under the 8th Manu MārkP. ;
    of a son of Kardama Hariv. ;
    of a son of Ṡuka andﾠ Pīvarī ib. ;
    of a son of Bhaga andﾠ Siddhi BhP. ;
    of a poet Cat. ;
    of sev. other men HPariṡ. ;
    (- bhvī f. N. of a Ṡakti Pañcar.);
    - kathā f. N. of wk.;
    - tā f. lordship, dominion, supremacy Yājñ. (v.l.) Kathās. ;
    power over (loc.) Ṡak. ;
    possession of (comp.) Ragh. ;
    prevalence (instr. « for the most part») Ratnâv. ;
    - tva n. lordship, sovereignty, high rank, might, power over (gen. loc. orﾠ comp.) MBh. Kāv. etc.;
    prevalence (instr. « for the most part») Suṡr. ;
    - tvabodhi f. knowledge joined with supreme power Kāraṇḍ. ;
    -tvâ̱kshepa m. (in rhet.) an objection based on power (i.e. on a word of command) Kāvyâd. II, 138 ;
    - deva m. N. of a Yoga teacher Cat. ;
    (ī) f. (with lāṭī) N. of a poetess ib. ;
    - bhakta mfn. devoted to his master (as a dog) Cāṇ. ;
    m. a good horse L. ;
    - bhakti f. loyalty, faithfulness MW. ;
    - liṅga-caritra n. - liṅga-līlā f. - vaṉṡa m. N. of wks.;
    - ṡabda-ṡesha mfn. having only the title of lord remaining Ragh.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > प्रभु

  • 10 Albuquerque, Joaquim Mousinho de

    (1855-1902)
       Portugal's most celebrated colonial soldier of the modern era, governor and conqueror of the Gaza state in Mozambique. A career army officer with noble lineage, "Mousinho," as he became known to his generation, later helped to shape Portugal's administration and policies in Mozambique, following army service in India. He served largely as a soldier involved in so-called "pacification" campaigns in Mozambique (1890-95) and then as an administrator, where he acted as royal commissioner and governor-general of Mozambique from 1896 to 1898. After he first visited Africa in 1890, the year of the English Ultimatum, the principal part of his career would be devoted to Portuguese Africa, and he was to become a noted authority on African affairs and policies. Appointed governor of the district of Lourenço Marques (today, Maputo) in late 1890, he returned to Portugal in 1892, then became part of the most famous military expedition to Portuguese Africa of the modern era, the 1895 force sent to Mozambique to conquer the African state of Gaza, in southern Mozambique. Albuquerque distinguished himself in this bloody campaign; at the battle of Coolela, on 7 November 1895, Portuguese forces using the novel machine gun defeated and slaughtered the army of Gaza king Gungunyane. Following his appointment as military governor of the Gaza district, Albuquerque grew impatient with the failure of his superiors to give the coup d'grace to the Gaza kingdom by killing or capturing its leader, Gungunyane, who had escaped after the battle of Coolela. With a small force, Mousinho raided his refuge at Chaimite, Mozambique, and captured Gungunyane, who did not resist (January 1896). These bold deeds in the 1895 campaign and the surprise kidnapping of Mozambique's most powerful African leader made Albuquerque a hero in Portugal and a colonial celebrity in several other European states. Among the honors showered upon this unusual soldier was the 1896 double appointment as governor-general and royal commissioner of Mozambique colony. His service as chief administrator of Portugal's second most important African territory during 1896-98 was significant but frustrating. His efforts at sweeping reforms, rejuvenation, and decentralization of authority and power were noble but made little impact at the time. He resigned in anger after his failure to move the Lisbon colonial bureaucracy and returned to a restless, relatively inactive life in Portugal. Unable to adjust to dull garrison duty, after he completed his masterful colonial report-memoir on his African service (Mozambique, 1896-98), Albuquerque in vain sought new challenges. Briefly he served as tutor to Prince Luís, heir apparent of King Carlos I, but his efforts to volunteer as an officer in wars in South Africa and China failed. His idea of a military dictatorship to reform a lagging constitutional monarchy rejected both by his patron, King Carlos, and by much of the political elite, Lieutenant Colonel Mousinho de Albuquerque found life too painful to bear. On 8 January 1902, while on a Lisbon tram, Albuquerque committed suicide with his own pistol. His importance for future colonial policy in Africa was manifest as Portugal made efforts to decentralize and reform administration until 1930. After 1930, his personal legend as a brave colonial soldier who was an epitome of patriotism grew and was exploited by the dictatorship led by Sala- zar. Mousinho de Albuquerque was adopted by this regime, between 1930 and 1960, as the military-colonial patron saint of the regime and as an example to Portuguese youth. The name of the place where he surprised Gungunyane, Chaimite, was adopted as the name of an armored car used by the Portuguese Army in its post-1961 campaigns in Africa.
        See also Carlos I, King; Generation of 1895.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Albuquerque, Joaquim Mousinho de

  • 11 Bulleid, Oliver Vaughan Snell

    [br]
    b. 19 September 1882 Invercargill, New Zealand
    d. 25 April 1970 Malta
    [br]
    New Zealand (naturalized British) locomotive engineer noted for original experimental work in the 1940s and 1950s.
    [br]
    Bulleid's father died in 1889 and mother and son returned to the UK from New Zealand; Bulleid himself became a premium apprentice under H.A. Ivatt at Doncaster Works, Great Northern Railway (GNR). After working in France and for the Board of Trade, Bulleid returned to the GNR in 1912 as Personal Assistant to Chief Mechanical Engineer H.N. Gresley. After a break for war service, he returned as Assistant to Gresley on the latter's appointment as Chief Mechanical Engineer of the London \& North Eastern Railway in 1923. He was closely associated with Gresley during the late 1920s and early 1930s.
    In 1937 Bulleid was appointed Chief Mechanical Engineer of the Southern Railway (SR). Concentration of resources on electrification had left the Southern short of up-to-date steam locomotives, which Bulleid proceeded to provide. His first design, the "Merchant Navy" class 4–6– 2, appeared in 1941 with chain-driven valve gear enclosed in an oil-bath, and other novel features. A powerful "austerity" 0−6−0 appeared in 1942, shorn of all inessentials to meet wartime conditions, and a mixed-traffic 4−6−2 in 1945. All were largely successful.
    Under Bulleid's supervision, three large, mixed-traffic, electric locomotives were built for the Southern's 660 volt DC system and incorporated flywheel-driven generators to overcome the problem of interruptions in the live rail. Three main-line diesel-electric locomotives were completed after nationalization of the SR in 1948. All were carried on bogies, as was Bulleid's last steam locomotive design for the SR, the "Leader" class 0−6−6−0 originally intended to meet a requirement for a large, passenger tank locomotive. The first was completed after nationalization of the SR, but the project never went beyond trials. Marginally more successful was a double-deck, electric, suburban, multiple-unit train completed in 1949, with alternate high and low compartments to increase train capacity but not length. The main disadvantage was the slow entry and exit by passengers, and the type was not perpetuated, although the prototype train ran in service until 1971.
    In 1951 Bulleid moved to Coras Iompair Éireann, the Irish national transport undertaking, as Chief Mechanical Engineer. There he initiated a large-scale plan for dieselization of the railway system in 1953, the first such plan in the British Isles. Simultaneously he developed, with limited success, a steam locomotive intended to burn peat briquettes: to burn peat, the only native fuel, had been a long-unfulfilled ambition of railway engineers in Ireland. Bulleid retired in 1958.
    [br]
    Bibliography
    Bulleid took out six patents between 1941 and 1956, covering inter alia valve gear, boilers, brake apparatus and wagon underframes.
    Further Reading
    H.A.V.Bulleid, 1977, Bulleid of the Southern, Shepperton: Ian Allan (a good biography written by the subject's son).
    C.Fryer, 1990, Experiments with Steam, Wellingborough: Patrick Stephens (provides details of the austerity 0–6–0, the "Leader" locomotive and the peat-burning locomotive: see Chs 19, 20 and 21 respectively).
    PJGR

    Biographical history of technology > Bulleid, Oliver Vaughan Snell

  • 12 Kriegsherr

    m
    1. oberster Kriegsherr commander-in-chief, supreme commander
    2. im Mittelalter: warlord
    * * *
    der Kriegsherr
    warlord
    * * *
    Kriegs|herr(in)
    m(f)
    warlord

    oberster Kríégsherr (Hist) — commander-in-chief

    * * *
    (a very powerful military leader.) warlord
    * * *
    Kriegs·herr
    m MIL (Führer einer Kriegspartei in einem Bürgerkrieg) warlord
    * * *
    1.
    oberster Kriegsherr commander-in-chief, supreme commander
    2. im Mittelalter: warlord
    * * *
    m.
    warlord n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Kriegsherr

  • 13 गुरु _guru

    गुरु a. (
    -रु, -र्वी f.) [ग कु उच्च Uṇ.1.24.] (compar. गरीयस्; superl. गरिष्ठ)
    1 Heavy, weighty (opp. लघु); (fig. also); तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिपे R.1.34;3.35; 12.12; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि साम्प्रतम् Ṛs.1.7.
    -2 Great, large, long, extended.
    -3 Long (in duration or length). आरम्भगुर्वी Bh.2.6; गुरुषु दिवसेष्वेषु गच्छत्सु Me.85.
    -4 Important, momentous, great; विभवगुरुभिः कृत्यैः Ś.4. 19; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.31; Ku.3.13; Bh.3.7; R.14.35.
    -5 Arduous, difficult (to bear); कान्ताविरहगुरुणा शापेन Me.1.
    -6 Great, excessive, violent, intense; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखम् Ś.4.16; Bg.6.22.
    -7 Venerable, respectable.
    -8 Heavy, hard of digestion (as food).
    -9 Best, excel- lent.
    -1 Dear, beloved.
    -11 Haughty, proud (as a speech).
    -12 (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a con- junct consonant &c.; e. g. ई in ईड् or त in तस्कर (It is usually represented by ग in works on prosody; मात्तौ गौ चेच्छालिनी वेदलोकैः &c.).
    -13 Irresistible, unassailable; जागर्ति दंशाय...गुरुर्भुजङ्गी Māl.6.1.
    -14 Mighty; powerful.
    -15 Valuable, highly prized; पूर्वं पूर्वं गुरु ज्ञेयम् Y.2.3.
    -16 Grievous; Me.85.
    -रुः 1 (a) A father; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेकपार्थिवः क्षितावभूदेकधनुर्धरो$पि सः R.3.31,48;4.1; 8.29. (b) Forefather, ancestor; त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु गुरुर्यस्ते गुरूणामपि U.5.27. (c) Father-in-law; त्वं हि मे गुरुः (तद्धर्मतः स्नुषा ते$हम्) Rām.7.26.28-29.
    -2 Any vener- able or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) शुश्रूषस्व गुरून् Ś.4.18; Bg. 2.5; Bv.2.7,18,19,49; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R. 14.46.
    -3 A teacher, preceptor; गुरुशिष्यौ.
    -4 Parti- cularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor. तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; स गुरुर्यः क्रियाः कृत्वा वेदमस्मै प्रयच्छति Y.1.34).
    -5 A lord, head, supe- rintendent, ruler; सर्वे गुरुहिते स्थिताः Rām.4.4.6; कर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी R.5.19 the head of the castes or orders; गुरुर्नृपाणां गुरवे निवेद्य 2.68.
    -6 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; गुरुं नेत्रसहस्रेण चोदयामास वासवः Ku.2.29; Pt.1.23.
    -7 The planet Jupiter; गुरुकाव्यानुगां बिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2.
    -8 The propounder of a new doctrine.
    -9 The lunar as- terism called पुष्य.
    -1 N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas.
    -11 N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāṁsakas (called after him Prābhākara).
    -12 The supreme spirit.
    -Comp. -अक्षरम् a long syllable.
    -अङ्गना 1 the wife of a Guru.
    -2 A woman entitled to great respect.
    -अर्थ a. important; सतीं व्यादाय शृण्वन्तो लघ्वीं गुर्वर्थगह्वराम् Bhāg.3. 16.14. (
    -र्थः) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; गुर्वर्थमाहर्तुमहं यतिष्ये R.5.17.
    -उत्तम a. highly revered. (
    -मः) the Supreme soul.
    -उपदेशः 1 Consultation of the experts; एषु स्थानेषु गुरूपदेशात् सम्यङ् नाडीं परीक्ष्य शिरामोचनं कुर्यात् Śālihotra of Bhoja, 82.
    -2 advice by the elders or by the preceptor.
    -कण्ठः a peacock.
    -कारः worship, adoration.
    -कार्यम् 1 a serious or weighty affair.
    -2 the office of a spiritual teacher.
    -कुलम् the residence of a Guru (गुरुगृह), academy; वसन् गुरुकुले नित्यं नित्यम- ध्ययने रतः Mb.9.4.3; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलाद्विप्राणां पूजको भवेत् Ms.7.82.
    -कृत a.
    1 worshipped.
    -2 made much of; अहो निन्द्यं रूपं कविजनविशेषैर्गुरु कृतम् Bh.3.2.
    -क्रमः instruc- tion handed down through a series of teachers, tradi- tional instruction.
    -गृहम् signs (राशिs) Sagittarius (धनु) and Pisces (मीन).
    -घ्नः white mustard.
    -चर्या attend- ance upon a preceptor; Māl.9.51.
    -जनः any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; नापेक्षितो गुरुजनः K.158; Bv.2.7.
    -तल्पः 1 the bed (wife) of a teacher.
    -2 violation or violator of a tea- cher's bed; Mb.12.56.32.
    -तल्पगः, -तल्पिन् m.
    1 one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an अतिपातक; cf. Ms.11.13); Mb.3.43.6.
    -2 one who defiles his step-mother.
    -दक्षिणा fee given to a spiritual preceptor; उपात्तविद्यो गुरुदक्षिणार्थी R.5.1.
    -दानम् a Guru's gift.
    -दैवतम् the constellation पुष्य.
    -पत्रा the tamarind tree.
    -त्रम् tin.
    -पाक a. difficult of digestion.
    -पूजा 1 the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛihaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken.
    -2 the wor- ship of one's spiritual preceptor.
    -प्रसादः the product of a Guru's blessing, i. e. learning.
    -भम् 1 the constel- lation पुष्य.
    -2 a bow.
    -3 the sign Pisces of the zodiac.
    -भावः importance, weight.
    -मर्दलः a kind of drum or tabor.
    -रत्नम् 1 topaz; (Mar. पुष्पराग, गोमेद).
    -2 a gem brought from the Himālaya and the Indus.
    -लाघवम् relative importance or value; विरोधिषु महीपाल निश्चित्य गुरु- लाघवम् Mb.3.131.12; Ś.5.
    -वर्चोघ्नः the lime, citron.
    -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a student (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who resides at his preceptor's house.
    -वर्ति, -ता f. respectful beha- viour towards Guru (elder or venerable person); निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यं भजिष्ये गुरुवर्तिताम् Rām.2.115.19.
    -वारः, -वासरः Thursday.
    -वृत्तिः f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor; Rām.2.9.2.
    -व्यथ a. greatly distres- sed, heavy with grief; वचोभिराशाजननैर्भवानिव गुरुव्यथम् V. 3.9.
    -शिखरिन् m. an epithet of the Himālaya.
    -श्रुतिः a mantra (especially गायत्री); जपमानो गुरुश्रुतिम् Mb.13. 136.6.
    -स्वम् (= ष्वम्) the preceptor's wealth or pro- perty; गवां क्षीरं गुरुष्वं ते... Bm.1.35.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गुरु _guru

  • 14 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 15 grand

    grand, e [gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d]
    1. adjective
       a. ( = de haute taille) tall
       b. ( = plus âgé) son grand frère his older or big (inf) brother
    • tu es grand/grande maintenant you're a big boy/girl now
       c. (en dimensions) big, large ; [bras, distance, voyage, enjambées] long ; [avenue, marge] wide
       d. (en nombre, en quantité) [vitesse, poids, valeur, puissance] great ; [nombre, quantité] large ; [famille] large, big
       e. ( = intense) [bruit, cri] loud ; [froid, chaleur] intense ; [vent] strong ; [danger, plaisir, pauvreté] great
       f. ( = riche, puissant) [pays, firme, banquier, industriel] leading
       g. ( = important) great ; [ville, travail] big
    • je t'annonce une grande nouvelle ! I've got some great news!
       h. ( = principal) main
    • la grande difficulté consiste à... the main difficulty lies in...
       i. (intensif) [travailleur, collectionneur, ami, rêveur] great ; [buveur, fumeur] heavy ; [mangeur] big
       j. ( = remarquable) great
       k. ( = de gala) [réception, dîner] grand
       l. ( = noble) [âme] noble ; [pensée, principe] lofty
    • grand bien vous fasse ! much good may it do you!
    2. adverb
       b. ( = largement) ouvrir (en) grand [+ porte] to open wide ; [+ robinet] to turn full on
    3. masculine noun
       a. ( = élève) senior boy
       b. (terme d'affection) viens, mon grand come here, son
       c. ( = personne puissante) les grands de ce monde men in high places
    4. feminine noun
       a. ( = élève) senior girl
    ► la grande Bleue or bleue the Med (inf)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    The grandes écoles are competitive-entrance higher education establishments where engineering, business administration and other subjects are taught to a very high standard. The most prestigious include « l'École Polytechnique » (engineering), the three « Écoles normales supérieures » (arts and sciences), « l'ÉNA » (the civil service college), and « HEC » (business administration).
    Pupils prepare for entrance to the grandes écoles after their « baccalauréat » in two years of « classes préparatoires ». → CLASSES PRÉPARATOIRES  CONCOURS  ÉCOLE NATIONALE D'ADMINISTRATION
    * * *

    1.
    grande gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d adjectif
    1) ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) tall; (en longueur, durée) long; ( en largeur) wide; (en étendue, volume) big
    2) (nombreux, abondant) large, big

    laver à grande eau — to wash [something] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [something] down [sol]

    3) ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, ami] great; [tricheur, joueur] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy
    4) ( important) [découverte, expédition, nouvelle] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big

    la grande majorité — the great ou vast majority

    5) ( principal) main
    6) ( de premier plan) [société, marque] leading
    7) (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble

    Louis le Grand — Louis the Great; esprit

    8) ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte)

    les grandes classes — École the senior forms GB, the upper classes US

    9) ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, valeur] great; [pointure, quantité, étendue] large; [vitesse] high
    10) (extrême, fort) [bonté, amitié, danger, intérêt] great; [bruit] loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent

    à grands cris — loudly; cas, remède

    11) ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great
    12) ( grandiose) [réception, projet] grand
    13) ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding

    et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots — there you go, straight off the deep end


    2.
    nom masculin, féminin ( enfant) big boy/girl; École senior GB ou older pupil

    3.
    adverbe wide

    ouvrir grand ses oreilles — fig to prick up one's ears


    4.
    nom masculin

    les cinq grands — Politique the Big Five


    5.
    en grand locution adverbiale
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    ɡʀɑ̃, ɡʀɑ̃d grand, -e
    1. adj
    1) (= de haute taille) tall

    Il est grand pour son âge. — He's tall for his age.

    2) (= aîné)

    C'est sa grande sœur. — She's his big sister.

    3) (= adulte)

    Il est assez grand pour... — He's old enough to...

    4) (= gros, vaste, large) big, large
    5) (importance, stature) great

    C'est un grand ami à moi. — He's a great friend of mine.

    6) (ampleur, degré)

    les grands blessés; Les grands blessés ont été emmenés à l'hôpital en hélicoptère. — The severely injured were taken to hospital by helicopter.

    Ça te fera beaucoup de bien d'être au grand air. — It'll be very good for you to be out in the open air.

    2. adv
    3. nm/f
    1) (= élève, enfant) big boy, big girl

    Il est chez les grands maintenant. — He's in the senior school now.

    C'est une grande, elle peut y aller seule. — She's a big girl now, she can go on her own.

    2) (= personnage)
    4. nm

    en grand [ouvrir] — wide

    * * *
    A adj
    1 ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) [personne, arbre, tour, cierge] tall; (en longueur, durée) [bras, enjambée, promenade, voyage] long; ( en largeur) [angle, marge] wide; (en étendue, volume) [lac, ville, salle, trou, édifice, paquet] large, big; [tas, feu] big; ( démesuré) [pied, nez, bouche] big; un homme (très) grand a (very) tall man; un grand homme brun, un homme grand et brun a tall dark man; plus grand que nature larger than life; ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide;
    2 (nombreux, abondant) [famille, foule] large, big; [fortune] large; grande braderie big sale; pas grand monde not many people; faire de grandes dépenses to spend a lot of money; il fait grand jour it's broad daylight; laver à grande eau to wash [sth] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [sth] down [sol]; à grand renfort de publicité with much publicity;
    3 ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, travailleur, ami, ennemi, pécheur] great; [tricheur, joueur, lâcheur, idiot] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy; grand amateur de ballet great ballet lover; c'est un grand timide he's very shy; les grands malades very sick people; c'est un grand cardiaque he has a serious heart condition;
    4 ( important) [découverte, migration, expédition, événement, nouvelle, honneur] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big; ( principal) main; c'est un grand jour pour elle it's a big day for her; une grande partie de la maison a large part of the house; une grande partie des habitants many of the inhabitants; la grande majorité the great ou vast majority; ⇒ scène;
    5 ( principal) main; le grand escalier the main staircase; le grand problème/obstacle the main ou major problem/obstacle; les grands axes routiers the main ou trunk GB roads; les grands points du discours the main points of the speech; les grandes lignes d'une politique the broad lines of a policy;
    6 ( de premier plan) Écon, Pol [pays, société, industriel, marque] leading; les grandes industries the big industries;
    7 (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, œuvre, civilisation, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble; c'est un grand homme he's a great man; les grands écrivains great authors; un grand nom de la musique a great musician; un grand monsieur du théâtre a great gentleman of the stage; Louis/Pierre le Grand Louis/Peter the Great; les grands noms du cinéma/de la littérature indienne the big names of the cinema/of Indian literature; de grande classe [produit] high-class; [exploit] admirable; ⇒ esprit;
    8 ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte) grown-up; mon grand frère my elder brother; les grandes classes Scol the senior forms GB, the upper classes US; quand il sera grand when he grows up; mes enfants sont grands my children are quite old; une grande fille comme toi! a big girl like you!; 12 ans! tu es assez grand pour te débrouiller 12 years old! you're old enough to cope;
    9 ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, poids, valeur, âge] great; [dimensions, taille, pointure, quantité, nombre, étendue] large; [vitesse] high; [kilomètre, mois, heure] good; il est grand temps que tu partes it's high time you were off ou you went;
    10 (intense, extrême, fort) [bonté, lâcheté, pauvreté, amitié, chagrin, faim, danger, différence, intérêt] great; [bruit] great, loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent; avec grand plaisir with great ou much pleasure; dans le plus grand secret in great secrecy; d'une grande bêtise/timidité very ou extremely stupid/shy; à ma grande honte/surprise much to my shame/surprise; sans grand espoir/enthousiasme without much hope/enthusiasm; sans grande importance not very important; il n'y a pas grand mal à cela/à faire there isn't much harm in that/in doing; avoir grand faim/soif to be very hungry/thirsty; avoir grand besoin de to be badly in need of; ça te ferait le plus grand bien it would do you a world of good; à grands cris loudly; ⇒ cas, remède;
    11 ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great; grande dame great lady; la grande bourgeoisie the upper middle class;
    12 ( grandiose) [réception] grand; grands projets grand designs; avoir grande allure, avoir grand air to look very impressive;
    13 ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding; un grand merci a big thank you; faire de grands gestes to wave one's arms about; et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots there you go, straight off the deep end.
    B nm,f
    1 ( enfant) big boy/girl; Scol senior GB ou older pupil; il a fait ça tout seul comme un grand he did it all by himself like a big boy; il fait le ménage comme un grand he does the housework like a grown-up; pour les grands et les petits for old and young alike;
    C adv wide; ouvrir grand la bouche to open one's mouth wide; ouvrir tout grand les bras to throw one's arms open; les fenêtres sont grand(es) ouvertes the windows are wide open; ouvrir la porte toute grande to open the door wide; ouvrir grand ses oreilles fig to prick up one's ears; ouvrir tout grand son cœur fig to open one's heart; les bottes chaussent grand the boots are large-fitting; leurs vêtements taillent grand their clothes are cut on the large side; voir grand fig to think big.
    D nm ( pays) big power; ( entreprise) leader, big name; les grands de ce monde the great and the good; Pol the world's leaders; les cinq grands Pol the Big Five; les grands de l'automobile the top car manufacturers; c'est un grand de la publicité he's big in advertising.
    E en grand loc adv [ouvrir] wide, completely; faire de l'élevage en grand to breed animals on a large scale; quand ils reçoivent, ils font les choses en grand when they entertain they do things on the grand scale or they really go to town○.
    grand argentier Hist royal treasurer; hum keeper of the nation's purse, Finance minister; le grand art alchemy; grand banditisme organized crime; grand bassin ( de piscine) main pool; Anat upper pelvis; grand cacatois main royal sail; grand caniche standard poodle; le grand capital Écon big money, big investors pl; grand commis de l'État top civil servant; grand coq de bruyère capercaillie; grand corbeau raven; grand couturier couturier; grand débutant absolute beginner; grand duc Zool eagle owl; grand écart Danse, Sport splits (sg); faire le grand écart to do the splits; le grand écran the big screen; grand électeur ( en France) elector who votes in the elections for the French Senate; ( aux États-Unis) presidential elector; grand ensemble high-density housing complex; la vie dans les grands ensembles high-rise living; grand d'Espagne Spanish grandee; grand foc outer jib; grand frais Météo moderate gale; grand hunier main topsail; grand hunier fixe lower main topsail; grand hunier volant upper main topsail; grand invalide civil, GIC civilian who is registered severely disabled; grand invalide de guerre, GIG Prot Soc ex-serviceman who is registered severely disabled; le grand large Naut the high seas (pl); grand magasin Comm department store; grand maître ( aux échecs) grand master; grand maître de l'ordre des Templiers Hist Grand Master of the Knights Templar; grand mât Naut mainmast; le grand monde high society; le Grand Nord Géog the Far North; Grand Œuvre Great Work; grand officier de la Légion d'Honneur high-ranking officer of the Legion of HonourGB; le Grand Orient the Grand Lodge of France; grand panda giant panda; Grand Pardon Day of Atonement; grand patron Méd senior consultant GB, head doctor US; grand perroquet Naut main topgallant sail; grand prêtre Relig, fig high priest; grand prix Courses Aut, Sport grand prix; le grand public the general public; Comm produit grand public consumer product; grand quart Naut six-hour watch; Grand quartier général, GQG Mil General Headquarters, GHQ; grand quotidien Presse big national daily; grand roque Jeux ( aux échecs) castling long; le Grand Siècle Hist the 17th century (in France); grand teint colourfastGB; grand tétras capercaillie; grand tourisme Courses Aut, Aut GT, gran turismo; le Grand Turc the Sultan; grand veneur Chasse master of the hounds; grande Armée Hist Grande Armée (Napoleon's army); grande Baie Australienne Géog Great Australian Bight; la grande banlieue the outer suburbs (pl); Grande Barrière (de Corail) Géog Great Barrier Reef; la grande bleue the sea; la grande cuisine Culin haute cuisine; grande distribution Écon volume retailing; grand école higher education institution; la Grande Guerre Hist the First World War; grande gueule○ loud mouth○; grande hune Naut maintop; la grande muette the army; la grande muraille de Chine Géog the Great Wall of China; grande personne grown-up, adult; la grande presse Presse the popular dailies (pl); grande puissance Pol superpower; grande roue ( de foire) big wheel GB, Ferris wheel US; grande série Comm mass production; fabriqué en grande série mass-produced; grande surface Comm supermarket; grandes eaux fountains; fig ( pleurs) waterworks; dès qu'on la gronde, ce sont les grandes eaux the minute you tell her off, she turns on the waterworks; grandes lignes Rail main train routes; grandes marées spring tides; grandes ondes Radio long wave (sg); Grandes Plaines Géog Great Plains; les grands blessés the seriously injured; grands corps de l'État Admin senior branches of the civil service; grands espaces Écol open spaces; grands fauves Zool big cats; grands fonds Naut ocean depths; les grands froids the cold of winter; Grands Lacs Géog Great Lakes; grands singes Zool great apes; ⇒ école, voyage.
    ⓘ Grande école A prestigious third-level institution where admission is usually by competitive entrance examination or concours. Places are much sought after as they are widely considered to guarantee more promising career prospects than the standard university institutions. Many grandes écoles specialize in particular disciplines or fields of study, e.g. ENA, Sciences Po, etc.
    ( féminin grande) [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) adjectif
    A.[ASPECT QUANTITATIF]
    1. [de taille élevée - adulte] tall ; [ - enfant] tall, big
    2. [de grandes dimensions - objet, salle, ville] big, large ; [ - distance] long
    grand A/B/C capital A/B/C
    une grande tour a high ou tall tower
    un grand fleuve a long ou big river
    3. [d'un certain âge - être humain] big
    [aîné - frère, sœur] big
    [au terme de sa croissance - personne] grown-up ; [ - animal] fully grown, adult
    4. [qui dure longtemps] long
    5. [intense, considérable] great
    pendant les grandes chaleurs in high summer, in ou at the height of summer
    un grand incendie a major ou great fire
    6. [pour qualifier une mesure] large, great
    la grande majorité de the great ou vast majority of
    7. [entier]
    elle m'a fait attendre une grande heure/semaine she made me wait a good hour/a good week
    B.[ASPECT QUALITATIF]
    1. [important] great, major
    les grands problèmes de notre temps the main ou major ou key issues of our time
    2. [acharné, invétéré] great, keen
    les grands blessés/brûlés/invalides the seriously wounded/burned/disabled
    3. [puissant, influent - banque] top ; [ - industriel] top, leading, major ; [ - propriétaire, famille] important ; [ - personnage] great
    4. [dans une hiérarchie]
    les grands dignitaires du régime the leading ou important dignitaries of the regime
    5. [noble]
    avoir grand air ou grande allure to carry oneself well, to be imposing
    6. [généralementéreux]
    il a un grand cœur he's big-hearted, he has a big heart
    7. [exagéré] big
    grands mots high-sounding words, high-flown language
    8. [fameux, reconnu] great
    un grand journaliste a great ou top journalist
    les grandes dates de l'histoire de France the great ou most significant dates in French history
    10. [omnipotent, suprême] great
    C.[EN INTENSIF]
    sans grand enthousiasme/intérêt without much enthusiasm/interest
    sa grande fierté, c'est son jardin he's very proud of ou he takes great pride in his garden
    un grand merci à ta sœur lots of thanks to ou a big thank you to your sister
    toute la famille au grand complet the whole family, every single member of the family
    jamais, au grand jamais je n'accepterai never in a million years will I accept
    à sa grande surprise much to his surprise, to his great surprise
    ————————
    , grande [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) nom masculin, nom féminin
    1. [enfant - d'un certain âge]
    [en appellatif]
    merci mon grand! thanks, son!
    allons, ma grande, ne pleure pas! come on now, love, don't cry!
    comme un grand: je me débrouillerai tout seul, comme un grand/toute seule, comme une grande I'll manage on my own, like a big boy/a big girl
    2. [adulte - généralement] grown-up, adult
    [en appellatif]
    alors, ma grande, tu as pu te reposer un peu? well dear, did you manage to get some rest?
    [personne de grande taille]
    pour la photo, les grands se mettront derrière for the photo, tall people ou the taller people will stand at the back
    ————————
    adverbe
    1. [vêtement]
    tailler grand: ça devrait vous aller, ça taille grand it should fit you, it's cut large
    3. [largement]
    4. ART
    ————————
    nom masculin
    1. PHILOSOPHIE → link=infiniment infiniment
    2. [entrepreneur, industriel]
    les grands de l'automobile the major ou leading car manufacturers
    ————————
    grands nom masculin pluriel
    ÉCONOMIE & POLITIQUE
    ————————
    en grand locution adverbiale
    [complètement] on a large scale
    grande école nom féminin
    grand ensemble nom masculin
    housing scheme (UK), housing project (US)
    grande surface nom féminin
    The grandes écoles are relatively small and highly respected higher education establishments. Admission is usually only possible after two years of intensive preparatory studies and a competitive entrance examination. Most have close links with industry. The grandes écoles include l'École des hautes études commerciales or HEC (management and business), l'École polytechnique or l'X (engineering) and l'École normale supérieure (teacher training).

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > grand

  • 16 monter

    monter [mɔ̃te]
    ➭ TABLE 1
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► When monter has an object it is conjugated with avoir ; otherwise, the auxiliary is être.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. intransitive verb
       a. to go up ( dans into ) ; [avion] to climb
    ► monter sur [+ table, rocher, toit] to climb onto
    • monté sur une chaise, il accrochait un tableau he was standing on a chair hanging a picture
    • monter à bicyclette ( = faire du vélo) to ride a bicycle
    • monter à cheval ( = se mettre en selle) to get on a horse ; ( = faire de l'équitation) to ride
       c. ( = s'élever) to rise ; [mer, marée] to come in ; [voix] to go up
    • monter à or jusqu'à to come up to
    • jusqu'où monte le téléphérique ? where does the cable car go up to?
    • la voiture peut monter jusqu'à 250 km/h the car can do up to 250km/h
    • ce tableau peut monter jusqu'à 30 000 € this painting could fetch up to 30,000 euros
    2. transitive verb
       a. ( = gravir) to go up
       b. ( = porter) to take up
       d. ( = augmenter) monter le son to turn the sound up
       f. monter la garde [soldat] to mount guard ; [chien] to be on guard
    • « je monte la garde ! » "beware of the dog!"
       g. [+ machine] to assemble ; [+ tente] to pitch ; [+ film] to edit ; [+ robe] to sew together
       h. [+ pièce de théâtre] to put on ; [+ affaire, opération, campagne publicitaire] to set up ; [+ canular] to play ; [+ complot] to hatch
       i. [+ diamant, perle] to mount ; [+ pneu] to put on
    3. reflexive verb
       a.
    * * *
    mɔ̃te
    1.
    verbe transitif (+ v avoir)
    1) ( transporter) ( en haut) gén to take [somebody/something] up (à to); ( à l'étage) to take [somebody/something] upstairs
    2) ( placer plus haut) to put [something] up [objet]; to raise [étagère] (de by)
    3) ( réussir à transporter) to get [something] up [objet]
    4) ( parcourir) to go up [escalier, pente, rue]
    5) (en valeur, intensité) to turn up [volume, thermostat]; Musique to raise the pitch of [instrument]
    6) Culinaire to beat, to whisk [blanc d'œuf, mayonnaise]

    monter quelqu'un contre quelqu'un — to turn ou set somebody against somebody

    8) ( chevaucher) to ride [cheval]
    9) (couvrir, saillir) to mount, to cover
    10) ( assembler) to assemble [meuble, appareil]; to put up [tente, échafaudage]; to set, to mount [pierre précieuse]; to mount [gravure]; Musique to string [instrument]
    11) ( en couture) to put [something] in [col]; to set [something] in [manche]
    12) ( organiser) to hatch [complot]; to mount [attaque]; to set up [société]; Théâtre to stage [pièce]

    monter une histoire de toutes pièces — to concoct ou fabricate a story from beginning to end

    13) ( fournir)

    2.
    verbe intransitif (+ v être)
    1) ( se déplacer) ( en allant) gén to go up; ( à l'étage) to go upstairs; [avion, hélicoptère] to climb; [oiseau] to fly up; [soleil, brume] to rise

    tu es monté à pied? — gén did you walk up?

    il est monté au col à bicyclette/en voiture — he cycled/drove up to the pass

    monter sur — to get onto [trottoir]; to climb onto [mur]

    monter sur le toit — [enfant, chat] to go up onto the roof

    monter à l'échelle/l'arbre — to climb (up) the ladder/the tree

    faites-les monter — (clients, marchandises) send them up

    monter dans un train/bus/avion — to get on a train/bus/plane

    monter sur — to get on [cheval, bicyclette, tracteur]

    3) ( s'étendre de bas en haut) [route, voie ferrée] to go uphill, to climb; [terrain] to rise; [canalisation, ligne téléphonique] ( en allant) to go up

    monter en lacets — [route] to wind its way up

    monter en pente douce — [terrain, route] to slope up gently

    monter en pente raide — [terrain, route] to climb steeply

    4) ( atteindre) [vêtement, liquide, neige] to come up
    5) ( augmenter) gén to rise, to go up (à to; de by); [marée] to come in; Musique [mélodie] to rise

    faire monter les cours de 2% — to push prices up by 2%

    6) (se rendre, séjourner)

    monter à or sur Paris — ( de province) to go up to Paris

    monter à bicyclette/moto — to ride a bicycle/motorbike

    monter à l'assaut or l'attaque — to mount an attack (de on)

    9) Jeux ( aux cartes) to play a higher card
    10) ( progresser) [employé, artiste] to rise

    à force de monter, il deviendra directeur — he'll work his way right up to director

    monter en puissance — [parti, politicien] to rise

    11) ( gagner en intensité) [colère, émotion] to mount; [sanglots] to rise; [larmes] to well up

    le ton monta — ( animation) the conversation became noisier; ( énervement) the discussion became heated

    12) ( saisir)

    monter à la gorge de quelqu'un — [sanglots, cri] to rise (up) in somebody's throat

    monter à la tête de quelqu'un — [vin, succès] to go to somebody's head

    le rouge lui est monté au front — he/she went red in the face

    13) Automobile, Technologie

    monter à 250 km/h — to go up to 250 kph


    3.
    se monter verbe pronominal
    1) ( s'élever)

    se monter à — [frais, facture] to amount to

    2) ( s'équiper) to get oneself set up (en with)
    ••

    se monter la tête — (colloq) to get worked up (colloq)

    * * *
    mɔ̃te
    1) [escalier, côte] (en allant) to go up, (en venant) to come up

    Elle a du mal à monter les escaliers. — She has difficulty going upstairs.

    2) [valise, paquet] (en allant) to take up, (en venant) to bring up

    Monte les valises pendant que je règle le taxi. — Take the suitcases up while I pay the cab fare.

    Monte-moi le dossier. — Bring me up the file.

    3) [société, opération] to set up
    4) [tente, échafaudage, étagères] to put up, [machine] to assemble
    5) (= fixer)

    monter qch sur qch [dispositif, moteur] — to fit sth on sth

    6) [cheval] to mount, to get on
    7) ZOOLOGIE, [femelle] to cover, to serve
    8) [bijou] to mount, to set
    9) COUTURE, [pièce] to sew on, [manche] to set in
    10) CINÉMA to edit
    11) THÉÂTRE, [pièce] to put on, to stage
    1) [personne] (aller) to go up, (venir) to come up

    monter à pied — to walk up, to go up on foot

    monter sur [chaise, escabeau] — to get onto

    Tu vas devoir monter sur une chaise pour changer l'ampoule. — You'll have to get onto a chair to change the light bulb.

    2) [avion, voiture] to climb, to go up
    3) [chemin, niveau, température, voix, prix] to go up, to rise

    Les prix ont encore monté. — Prices have gone up again.

    4) [brouillard, bruit] to rise, to come up
    5) [passager] to get on

    monter dans le train — to get on the train, to board the train

    monter dans l'avion — to get on the plane, to board the plane

    Il est temps de monter dans l'avion. — It's time to get on the plane.

    6) (= faire du cheval) to ride, to ride a horse

    monter à cheval (hobby) — to ride, to go riding, (action) to get on a horse

    monter bien — to be a good rider, to ride well

    monter mal — to be a poor rider, to ride badly

    * * *
    monter verb table: aimer
    A vtr (+ v avoir)
    1 ( transporter) ( en haut) gén to take [sb/sth] up [personne, objet] (à to); ( à l'étage) to take [sb/sth] upstairs [personne, objet]; ( d'en bas) gén to bring [sb/sth] up [personne, objet] (de from); ( de l'étage) to bring [sb/sth] upstairs [personne, objet]; monter les valises au grenier to take the suitcases up to the attic; monter les bouteilles de la cave to bring the bottles up from the cellar; je peux vous monter au village I can take you up to the village; monte-moi mes pantoufles bring my slippers up (to me); je leur ai fait monter les valises au grenier I made them take the suitcases up to the attic; j'ai fait monter le piano dans la chambre I had the piano taken up to the bedroom; faites -moi monter les dossiers secrets get the secret files brought up to me;
    2 ( placer plus haut) to put [sth] up [objet]; to raise [étagère] (de by); monte le store put the blind up; j'ai monté le vase sur l'étagère du haut I put the vase on the top shelf; tu peux me monter cette valise sur l'armoire? can you put ou get this suitcase up on the wardrobe for me?; monter l'étagère d'un cran/de 20 centimètres to raise the shelf by one notch/by 20 centimetresGB;
    3 ( réussir à transporter) to get [sth] up [objet]; impossible de monter le piano par l'escalier/par la fenêtre it's impossible to get the piano up the stairs/up through the window; comment va-t-on monter le piano? ( à l'étage) how are we going to get the piano upstairs?; ( dans le camion) how are we going to get the piano in?;
    4 ( parcourir) ( en allant) to go up [pente, rue, marches]; to go up, to climb [côte, escaliers]; ( en venant) to come up [pente, rue, marches, escaliers]; je l'ai vu monter les escaliers sur les or à genoux I saw him go ou climb up the stairs on his knees; monter la colline à bicyclette to cycle up the hill; je leur ai fait monter la colline en courant I made them run up the hill; il m'a fait monter les escaliers trois fois he made me go upstairs ou up the stairs three times;
    5 (en valeur, intensité) to turn up [volume, thermostat, gaz]; Mus to raise the pitch of [instrument]; Art to intensify [couleur]; monte un peu la radio turn the radio up a bit; monter un violon d'un ton to raise the pitch of a violin by a tone;
    6 Culin to beat, to whisk [blanc d'œuf, mayonnaise]; monter les blancs en neige ( dans une recette) beat ou whisk the egg whites until stiff; monter une sauce to thicken a sauce;
    7 ( rendre hostile) monter qn contre qn to turn ou set sb against sb; monter qn contre un projet to put sb off a plan; être monté contre qn to have it in for sb;
    8 ( chevaucher) to ride [cheval, âne, éléphant]; ce cheval n'a jamais été monté this horse has never been ridden (before);
    9 (couvrir, saillir) to mount, to cover;
    10 ( assembler) to assemble [meuble, appareil, machine]; to put up [tente, échafaudage]; to set, to mount [pierre précieuse]; to mount [gravure, estampe, photo]; Mus to string [instrument]; monter un film Cin to edit a film; monter une page Imprim to set (up) a page; monter une émission TV to edit a broadcast; monter en parallèle Électrotech to connect in parallel;
    11 Cout to put [sth] in [col]; to set [sth] in [manche]; monter un manteau/une robe to make up a coat/a dress;
    12 ( organiser) to hatch [complot]; to mount [attaque, opération militaire]; to set up [société, opération financière]; Théât to stage, to put on [pièce]; monter un spectacle to stage ou put on a show; monter une histoire de toutes pièces to concoct ou fabricate a story from beginning to end;
    13 ( fournir) monter son ménage/sa maison to set up home/house; monter sa garde-robe to build up one's wardrobe.
    B vi (+ v être)
    1 ( se déplacer) [personne] ( en allant) gén to go up (à to); ( à l'étage) to go upstairs; ( en venant) gén to come up (de from); ( à l'étage) to come upstairs; [train, ascenseur, téléphérique] ( en allant) to go up; ( en venant) to come up; [avion, hélicoptère] to climb; [oiseau] to fly up; [soleil, brume] to rise (sur over); [fumée, odeur, bruit] to come up; reste-ici, je monte au grenier stay here, I'm going up to the attic; peux-tu monter chercher mon sac? can you go upstairs and get my bag?; tu peux monter m'aider à pousser l'armoire? can you come upstairs and help me push the wardrobe?; il est monté s'allonger he went upstairs to lie down; te voilà! tu es monté par l'ascenseur? there you are! did you come up in the lift GB ou elevator US?; tu es monté à pied? gén did you walk up?; ( plutôt que par l'ascenseur) did you come up on foot?; je préfère monter par l'escalier I prefer to go up by the stairs; nous sommes montés par le sentier/la route ( à pied) we walked up by the path/the road; ( à cheval) we rode up by the path/the road; il est monté au col à bicyclette/en voiture he cycled/drove up to the pass; il est monté vers moi en rampant he crawled up to me; où est l'écureuil? il a dû monter à l'arbre where's the squirrel? it must have gone up ou climbed the tree; monte, je te suis go on up, I'll follow you; monte ici! come up here!; je suis monté en haut de la tour/au sommet de la falaise I went up to the top of the tower/to the top of the cliff; monter sur [personne] to step onto, to get onto [trottoir, marche]; [animal] to get onto [marche, trottoir]; [personne, animal] to climb onto [mur, tabouret]; il est monté sur le toit [enfant, chat] he's/it's gone up onto the roof; monter à l'échelle/l'arbre/la corde to climb (up) the ladder/the tree/the rope; monter à la verticale [ballon, alpiniste] to climb vertically; monter au ciel to ascend into Heaven; l'air chaud fait monter les ballons/planeurs warm air makes balloons/gliders rise; elle m'a fait/ne m'a pas laissé monter dans sa chambre she had me/didn't let me go up to her bedroom; faites-les monter (clients, marchandises) send them up;
    2 ( sur un moyen de transport) monter dans une voiture to get in a car; monter dans un train/bus/avion to get on a train/bus/plane; monter dans un canoë/sur un bateau to get into a canoe/on a boat; il n'est jamais monté en avion he's never been on a plane; il a peur de monter en avion he's afraid of flying; monter à bord to get on board; monter sur to get on [âne, cheval, bicyclette, tracteur]; monté sur son cheval/sur son chameau, il parcourait le pays he travelledGB the country on horseback/on his camel;
    3 ( s'étendre de bas en haut) [route, voie ferrée] to go uphill, to climb; [terrain] to rise; [canalisation, ligne téléphonique] ( en allant) to go up; ( en venant) to come up; monter jusqu'à [chemin, muraille, escalier] ( description) to go up to; ( emphase) to go up as far as; monter jusqu'au sommet [route, ligne téléphonique] to go right up to the top; monter en lacets [route] to wind its way up; monter en pente douce [terrain, route] to slope up gently; monter en pente raide [terrain, route] to climb steeply; monter brusquement sur 200 mètres [pente, route] to climb sharply for 200 metresGB;
    4 ( atteindre) [vêtement, liquide, neige] to come up (jusqu'à to); des chaussettes qui montent jusqu'aux genoux socks that come up to the knees; il avait des chaussettes qui lui montaient aux genoux he was wearing knee socks; l'eau nous montait jusqu'à la taille the water came up to our waists, we were waist-deep in water; l'eau montait sur la berge the water came up onto the bank;
    5 ( augmenter) [niveau, baromètre, température, pression, prix, taux] to rise, to go up (à to; de by); [marée] to come in; Mus [mélodie] to rise; l’euro est or a monté par rapport à la livre the euro has risen ou gone up against the pound; faire monter les cours de 2% to push prices up by 2%; ça va faire monter le dollar it'll send ou push the dollar up; ça fait monter la température gén it raises the temperature; Méd it puts one's temperature up; ça ne fera pas monter leur niveau de vie it won't raise their standard of living;
    6 (se rendre, séjourner) monter à or sur Paris ( de province) to go up to Paris; monter à Lyon ( du Midi) to go up to Lyons;
    7 ( chevaucher) monter (à cheval) to ride; monter à bicyclette/moto to ride a bicycle/motorbike; il ne sait pas monter (à cheval) he can't ride; elle monte à cheval deux fois par semaine she goes riding ou rides twice a week;
    8 Mil monter à l'assaut or l'attaque to mount an attack (de on); monter au front to move up to the front; monter en ligne to move up the line; monter au combat to go into battle;
    9 Jeux ( aux cartes) to play a higher card; monter à carreau/l'atout to play a higher diamond/trump;
    10 ( progresser) ( dans une hiérarchie) to rise, to move up; ( en notoriété) [artiste] to rise; à force de monter, il deviendra directeur he'll work his way right up to director; c'est un jeune peintre qui monte he's an up-and-coming ou a rising young painter; monter en puissance [parti, politicien] to rise;
    11 ( gagner en intensité) [colère, émotion] to mount; [sanglots] to rise; [larmes] to well up; le ton monta ( animation) the conversation became noisier; ( énervement) the discussion became heated;
    12 ( saisir) monter à la gorge de qn [sanglots, cri] to rise (up) in sb's throat; monter à la tête de qn [vin, alcool, succès] to go to sb's head; le rouge lui est monté au front he/she went red in the face;
    13 Aut, Tech monter à 250 km/h [véhicule] to go up to ou reach 250 km/h; [automobiliste] to go up to 250 km/h; monter en puissance [moteur] to increase in power.
    C se monter vpr
    1 ( s'élever) se monter à [dépenses, frais, facture] to come to, to amount to; [dette] to amount to;
    2 ( s'équiper) to get oneself set up (en with).
    se monter la tête○ to get worked up○.
    [mɔ̃te] verbe intransitif (auxiliaire être ou avoir)
    1. [personne, animal - vu d'en bas] to go up ; [ - vu d'en haut] to come up
    [avion, soleil] to rise, to climb (up)
    [drapeau] to go up
    [rideau de théâtre, air, fumée] to go up, to rise
    ça monte trop, passe en première it's too steep, change down into first
    monter de [suj: odeur, bruit] to rise (up) from, to come from
    2. [dans un moyen de transport]
    a. [avion, train] to get on ou onto, to board
    b. [bus] to get on, to board
    c. [voiture] to get into
    monter sur un ou à bord d'un bateau to board a ship
    monter sur un cheval to get on ou to mount a horse
    monter à [pratiquer]: monter à cheval/bicyclette to ride (a horse)/a bicycle
    3. [apparaître suite à une émotion]
    les larmes lui sont montées aux yeux tears welled up in his eyes, his eyes filled with tears
    4. [s'élever - température] to rise, to go up ; [ - fièvre] to rise ; [ - prix, taux] to rise, to go up, to increase ; [ - action] to rise ; [ - rivière] to rise ; [ - mer, marée] to come in ; [ - anxiété, mécontentement] to grow, to increase
    faire monter [tension, peur] to increase
    a. [surenchère] to send ou to put prices up
    b. [marchand] to put up ou to increase prices
    les loyers ont monté de 25 % rents have gone up ou increased by 25%
    le thermomètre monte (familier) MÉTÉOROLOGIE it's ou the weather's getting warmer
    a. [il bout] the milk is boiling
    b. [chez une femme qui allaite] lactation has started
    prends de grosses aiguilles, ton pull montera plus vite your sweater will knit up more quickly if you use big needles
    le soufflé a bien monté/n'a pas monté the soufflé rose beautifully/didn't rise
    a. [de colère] voices were being raised, the discussion was becoming heated
    5. [atteindre un certain niveau]
    monter à ou jusqu'à [eau, vêtement, chaussures] to come up to
    je peux monter jusqu'à 200 km/h (familier) I can do up to 200 km/h
    il peut monter jusqu'au "si" he can go ou sing up to B
    7. [pour attaquer]
    8. [dans une hiérarchie] to rise
    [dans le temps]
    9. [aller vers le nord]
    10. JEUX
    ————————
    [mɔ̃te] verbe transitif (auxiliaire avoir)
    1. [gravir] to go up (inseparable)
    monter l'escalier to go ou to climb up the stairs, to go upstairs
    monter la gamme MUSIQUE to go up ou to climb the scale
    2. [porter en haut - bagages, colis] to take ou to carry up (separable) ; [ - courrier] to take up (separable)
    3. [mettre plus haut]
    monte la vitre, j'ai froid wind up the (car) window, I'm cold
    4. [augmenter - son] to turn up (separable) ; [ - prix] to put up (separable)
    [mettre en colère]
    5. [assembler - kit] to assemble, to put together (separable) ; [ - tente] to pitch, to put up (separable) ; [ - abri] to rig up (separable)
    monter une page IMPRIMERIE to make up ou to paste up ou to lay out a page
    monter en parallèle/série ÉLECTRICITÉ to connect in parallel/series
    6. [fixer - radiateur] to fit, to mount ; [ - store] to put up (separable), to mount
    a. [sur une marie-louise] to mount an engraving
    b. [dans un cadre] to frame an engraving
    7. [organiser - généralement] to organize ; [ - pièce, spectacle] to put on (separable), to stage, to produce ; [ - canular] to think up (separable) ; [ - complot, machination] to set up (separable)
    8. [pourvoir - bibliothèque, collection, cave] to set up (separable)
    10. CINÉMA [bobine] to mount
    [film] to edit
    monter une manche to sew on ou to attach a sleeve
    [tricoter - maille] to cast on (separable)
    ————————
    se monter à verbe pronominal plus préposition
    [coût, dépenses] to come ou to amount ou to add up to
    ————————
    se monter en verbe pronominal plus préposition
    to equip ou to provide oneself with

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > monter

  • 17 temps

    temps [tɑ̃]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. (qui passe) time
    • s'accorder un temps de réflexion to give o.s. time to think
    • les temps sont durs ! times are hard!
    • il est grand temps de réagir it's high time we took action► il était temps ! ( = ce n'est pas trop tôt) about time too! ; ( = c'était juste) it came in the nick of time!
    ► avoir + temps
    • ma machine à laver est morte, elle a fait son temps my washing machine is past praying for► mettre + temps
    • comme le temps passe ! how time flies!► perdre + temps
    • le temps presse time is short► prendre + temps
    • il a pris son temps ! he took his time!► à temps in time
    • au temps où... in the days when...
    • au temps pour moi ! my mistake!► avec le temps in time
    • avec le temps, ça s'arrangera things will sort themselves out in time► dans + temps
    • être dans les temps (Sport) to be within the time limit ; [travail] to be on schedule ; ( = pas en retard) to be in time► de + temps
       b. ( = conditions atmosphériques) weather
    • quel temps fait-il ? what's the weather like?
    • avec le temps qu'il fait ! in this weather!
       d. (marquant un rythme) (Music) beat ; [d'exercice, mouvement] stage
       e. [de verbe] tense
    2. <
    • comment occupes-tu ton temps libre ? what do you do in your spare time? ► temps mort (Football, rugby) injury time uncount ; (dans le commerce, le travail) slack period ; (dans la conversation) lull
    * * *
    tɑ̃
    nom masculin invariable
    1) Météorologie weather [U]

    un temps de cochon — (colloq) lousy (colloq) weather

    par temps clair — ( de jour) on a clear day; ( de nuit) on a clear night

    2) ( durée) time

    (pendant) quelque or un certain temps — ( assez courte période) for a while; ( période plus longue) for some time

    pendant or pour un temps — for a while

    depuis le temps que ça existe, tu devrais être au courant — you should have known, it's been around for so long

    un an, le temps d'écrire un roman — a year, just long enough to write a novel

    le temps de me retourner, il avait disparu — by the time I turned round GB ou around, he had disappeared

    (j'ai) pas l'temps! — (colloq) not now!

    avoir dix or cent fois le temps — to have all the time in the world

    ça a pris or mis un temps fou — (colloq) it took ages (colloq)

    tu y as mis le temps!, tu en as mis du temps! — you (certainly) took your time!

    j'y mettrai le temps qu'il faudra, mais je le ferai — however long it takes, I'll get it done

    j'ai perdu un temps fou — (colloq) I've wasted loads (colloq) of time

    3) ( moment) time

    de temps en temps, de temps à autre — from time to time

    il était temps! — ( marquant l'impatience) (and) about time too!; ( marquant le soulagement) just in the nick of time!

    en temps voulu — ( à venir) in due course; ( quand il aurait fallu) at the right time

    4) ( époque) time

    au or du temps où — in the days when

    dans le temps, j'étais sportif — in my day, I did a bit of sport

    dans le temps, on n'avait pas l'électricité — in those days, we didn't have electricity

    depuis le temps, les choses ont dû bien changer — since then things must have really changed

    avoir fait son temps — [prisonnier, militaire] to have served one's time; [fonctionnaire, diplomate] to have put in one's time; [personne usée] to have outlived one's usefulness, to be past it (colloq); [produit à la mode, appareil, voiture] to have had its day

    5) ( phase) stage
    7) ( de travail) time

    avoir un travail à temps partiel/plein — to have a part-/full-time job

    9) ( de moteur) stroke
    10) Musique time
    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    le temps perdu ne se rattrape jamais — Proverbe you can't make up for lost time

    prendre or se payer (colloq) du bon temps — to have a whale of a time

    * * *
    tɑ̃ nm
    1) (atmosphérique) weather
    2) (qui passe) time

    Je n'ai pas le temps. — I haven't got time.

    Cette idée a fait son temps. — This idea has had its day.

    3) (= époque) time, times pl

    Dans le temps, on pouvait circuler à vélo sans danger. — In the old days, it was safe to go around by bike.

    du temps que — at the time when, in the days when

    du temps où; au temps où — at the time when

    4) (= moment)

    il est temps de... — It's time to...

    Il est temps qu'il prenne sa retraite. — It's time for him to retire.

    en temps utile; en temps voulu — in due time, in due course

    de temps en temps; de temps à autre — from time to time, now and again

    à temps [partir, arriver] — in time

    Il est arrivé à temps pour le match. — He arrived in time for the match.

    5) LINGUISTIQUE tense
    6) MUSIQUE beat
    7) TECHNIQUE stroke

    à plein temps; à temps complet [travailler] — full time, (emploi) full-time

    Elle travaille à plein temps. — She works full time.

    à temps partiel [travailler] — part time, (emploi) part-time

    * * *
    1 Météo weather ¢; un or du temps gris grey GB ou gray US weather; un beau temps fine weather; quel beau/sale temps! what lovely/awful weather!; il faisait un temps merveilleux/de cochon it was marvellousGB/lousy weather; le mauvais temps nous a empêchés de sortir the bad weather stopped us from going out; le temps est à la pluie/neige it looks like rain/snow; le temps est à l'orage there's going to be a storm; le temps se met à la pluie the weather is turning to rain; vu le temps qu'il fait (what) with the weather as it is; quel temps fait-il? what's the weather like?; ça dépendra du temps qu'il fera it'll depend on the weather; par beau/mauvais temps in fine/bad weather, when the weather's fine/bad; par beau temps, on peut voir la tour on a clear day ou when the weather's fine, you can see the tower; par un si beau temps, tu devrais sortir! with such fine weather, you should go out!; par temps clair ( de jour) on a clear day; ( de nuit) on a clear night; par temps de pluie/neige when it rains/snows, in rainy/snowy weather; par tous les temps in all weathers; ⇒ pluie;
    2 ( notion) time; la fuite du temps the swift passage of time; le temps efface tout everything fades with time; oublier avec le temps to forget in ou with time; avec le temps, on s'y fait you get used to it in ou with time; le temps arrangera les choses time will take care of everything, it'll be all right in the end; ⇒ vivre;
    3 ( durée) peu de temps avant/après shortly before/after; en peu de temps in a short time; dans peu de temps shortly, before long; il y a or ça fait peu de temps que le train est parti the train left a short time ago; d'ici or dans quelque temps before long; (pendant) quelque or un certain temps ( assez courte période) for a while; ( période plus longue) for some time, for quite a while; depuis quelque or un certain temps il est bizarre he has been behaving oddly for a while now ou for some time now; il y a quelque or beau or un certain temps qu'on ne l'a pas vue it's been some time since anyone saw her; pendant or pour un temps for a while; pendant tout un temps for quite a while; pendant ce temps(-là) meanwhile, in the meantime; qu'as-tu fait tout ce temps(-là)? what have you been doing all this time?; qu'as-tu fait pendant (tout) ce temps(-là)? what did you do all that time?; en un rien de temps in next to no time, in no time at all; la plupart or les trois quarts du temps most of the time; tout le temps all the time; depuis le temps que j'en parle all this time I've been talking about it; depuis le temps que ça existe, tu devrais être au courant you should have known, it's been around for so long; le temps d'installation a été plus long que prévu it took longer than expected to install; le temps de la fouille m'a paru interminable the search seemed to go on forever; le temps d'un après-midi/d'un week-end/d'un instant just for an afternoon/a weekend/a minute; ils sont restés le temps de l'élection they stayed just for the duration of the election; il a souri le temps de la photo he smiled just long enough for the photo to be taken; un an, le temps d'écrire un roman a year, just long enough to write a novel; le temps de me retourner or que je me retourne, il avait disparu by the time I turned round GB ou around, he had disappeared; le temps de ranger mes affaires et j'arrive just let me put my things away and I'll be with you; avoir/ne pas avoir le temps to have/not to have (the) time (pour for; de faire to do); je n'ai plus beaucoup de temps I haven't got much time left; (j'ai) pas l'temps○! not now!; on a le temps we've got (plenty of) time; si tu as le temps, pourrais-tu…? if you've got time, could you…?; avoir juste le temps to have just (enough) time; avoir tout le temps to have bags○ of time ou plenty of time; avoir dix or cent fois le temps to have all the time in the world; je n'avais que le temps de faire I only had time to do; vous avez combien de temps pour le déjeuner? how long do you have for lunch?; avoir du temps (de) libre to have (some) free time; nous avons du temps devant nous we have plenty of time, we have time to spare; tu as vraiment du temps devant toi! iron have you got time to kill?; je n'ai pas le temps matériel de faire, je n'ai matériellement pas le temps de faire there just aren't enough hours in the day (for me) to do; consacrer du temps à qn/qch to devote time to sb/sth GB, to spend time on sb/sth; donner or laisser à qn le temps de faire to give sb time to do; mettre or prendre du temps to take time (à faire, pour faire to do); il faut du temps pour faire it takes time to do; beaucoup de temps [mettre, prendre] a long time; moins de temps que [falloir, mettre, prendre] less time than; plus de temps que [falloir, mettre, prendre] longer than; prendre peu de temps not to take a long time, not to take long; ne pas prendre beaucoup de temps not to take long; il m'a fallu or cela m'a pris or j'ai mis beaucoup de temps it took (me) a long time; il t'a fallu or cela t'a pris or tu as mis combien de temps? how long did it take you?; ça a pris or mis un temps fou○ it took ages○; prendre le temps de faire to take the time to do; prendre son temps to take one's time; prendre tout son temps to take all the time one needs; les enfants prennent tout mon temps the children take up all my time; tu y as mis le temps!, tu en as mis du temps! you (certainly) took your time!; j'y mettrai le temps qu'il faudra, mais je le ferai however long it takes, I'll get it done; le temps que met sa lumière à nous parvenir the time its light takes to reach us; si tu savais le temps que ça (m')a pris! if you knew how long it took (me)!; le temps passe vite time flies; le temps passe et rien n'est prêt time's slipping by and nothing's ready; laisser passer le temps to let time slip by; ça passe le temps it passes the time; faire passer le temps to while away the time (en faisant doing); passer (tout) son temps à faire to spend (all of) one's time doing; passer le plus clair de son temps à faire to spend most of one's time doing; perdre du temps to waste time (à qch, en qch on sth; à faire doing); perdre son temps to waste one's time; nous avons perdu beaucoup de temps à discuter or en discussions we've wasted a lot of time arguing; j'ai perdu un temps fou○ I've wasted loads○ of time (à faire doing); avoir du temps à perdre to have time on one's hands; c'est du temps perdu, c'est une perte de temps it's a waste of time; cette visite, c'était vraiment du temps (de) perdu that visit was a real waste of time; faire qch à temps perdu to do sth in one's spare time; il n'y a plus de temps/pas de temps à perdre there's no more time/no time to lose; le temps presse! time is short!; être pressé par le temps to be pressed ou pushed for time; trouver le temps de faire to find (the) time to do; j'ai trouvé le temps long (the) time seemed to drag, time went really slowly; être dans les temps Sport to be within the time; nous sommes dans les temps we've still got time; finir dans les temps to finish in time;
    4 ( moment) time; à temps [partir, terminer] in time; juste à temps just in time; de temps en temps, de temps à autre from time to time, now and then; en même temps at the same time (que as); je suis arrivé en même temps qu'elle I arrived at the same time as her ou as she did; le temps est venu de faire the time has come to do; il y a un temps pour tout there's a time for everything; il était temps! ( marquant l'impatience) (and) about time too!; ( marquant le soulagement) just in the nick of time!; il est temps, il n'est que temps it's about time; il est grand temps it's high time (de faire to do); il n'est que temps de partir it's high time we left; il est temps de partir or que nous partions it's time we left; il est temps que tu fasses it's time you did ou for you to do; il n'est plus temps de faire it's too late to do; en temps utile in time; en temps voulu in due course; en temps opportun at the appropriate time; en temps et lieu at the right time and place; la mesure/décision a été prise en son temps the measure/decision was taken at the right time ou when it should have been;
    5 ( époque) au or du temps des Grecs in the time of the Greeks; au or du temps de mes grand-parents/de César in my grandparents'/Caesar's time; les temps modernes/préhistoriques modern/prehistoric times; le temps des semailles/examens sowing/exam time; au temps des dinosaures/de l'exploration spatiale in the age of the dinosaurs/of space exploration; au or du temps où in the days when; regretter le temps où to feel nostalgia for the days when; l'échelle des temps géologiques the scale of geological ages; les temps héroïques de the heroic days of; le bon or beau temps de l'expansion the good old days (pl) of expansion; le bon vieux temps the good old days (pl); comme au bon vieux temps as in the good old days; c'était le bon temps! those were the days!; au plus beau temps de in the heyday of; au pire temps de in the worst days of; l'événement le plus grand/extraordinaire de tous les temps the greatest/most extraordinary event of all time; les temps sont durs times are hard; ces derniers temps, ces temps derniers recently; ces temps-ci lately; en tout temps at all times; de mon/leur temps in my/their day ou time; dans le temps, j'étais sportif in my day, I did a bit of sport; dans le temps, on n'avait pas l'électricité in those days, we didn't have electricity; depuis le temps, les choses ont dû bien changer since then things must have really changed; il est loin le temps où the days are long gone when; il n'est pas loin le temps où tu n'étais qu'une enfant it's not so long ago that you were but a child; n'avoir or ne durer qu'un temps to be short-lived; en un temps où at a time when; en temps normal or ordinaire usually; en d'autres temps at any other time; en temps de paix/guerre in peacetime/wartime; en ces temps de pénurie/d'abondance in these times of hardship/of plenty; en ce temps-là at that time; être de son temps to move with the times; être en avance sur son temps to be ahead of one's time; être en retard sur son temps to be behind the times; avoir fait son temps [prisonnier, militaire] to have served one's time; [fonctionnaire, diplomate] to have put in one's time; pej [personne usée] to have outlived one's usefulness, to be past it○; [produit à la mode, appareil, voiture] to have had its day; ⇒ mœurs;
    6 ( phase) stage; en deux temps in two stages; temps mort (d'activité, de travail) slack period; dans un premier temps first; dans un deuxième temps subsequently; dans un dernier temps finally; ⇒ deux;
    7 Ling ( de verbe) tense; les temps simples/composés/du passé simple/compound/past tenses; adverbe de temps adverb of time;
    8 Entr ( de travail) time; avoir un travail à temps partiel/plein to have a part-/full-time job; travailler à temps partiel to work part-time; travailler à temps plein or à plein temps or à temps complet to work full-time; être employé à plein temps to be in full-time work; je cherche un temps partiel○ I'm looking for a part-time job; temps de travail working hours (pl); temps de travail quotidien working day GB, workday US; temps de travail hebdomadaire working week GB, workweek US;
    9 Sport time; un excellent temps an excellent time; il a fait or réalisé le meilleur temps he got the best time; améliorer son temps d'une seconde to knock a second off one's time; être or rester dans les temps to be inside the time; jouer les temps d'arrêt ( au football) to play injury time;
    10 Mécan ( de moteur) stroke; moteur à quatre temps four-stroke engine;
    11 Mus time; temps de valse waltz time; mesure à deux/trois/quatre temps two-four/three-four/four-four time.
    temps d'accès access time; temps d'antenne airtime; temps d'arrêt Ordinat down time; temps atomique international, TAI international atomic time, TAI; temps d'attente Ordinat latency, waiting time; temps choisi Entr flexitime; temps civil Admin local time; temps différé Ordinat batch mode; temps d'exploitation operating time; temps faible Mus piano; temps fort Mus forte; fig high point; temps d'indisponibilité unavailable time; temps légal Admin local time; temps mort Ordinat idle time; temps partagé Ordinat time-sharing; en temps partagé time-sharing ( épith); temps de pose Phot exposure time; temps de positionnement Ordinat seek time; temps primitifs Ling principal parts of the verb; temps de réaction Psych reaction time; temps de recherche = temps de positionnement; temps réel Ordinat real time; en temps réel real-time ( épith); temps de réponse response time; temps sidéral sidereal time; temps solaire solar time; temps solaire moyen/vrai mean/true solar time; temps universel Greenwich Mean Time, GMT, universal time; temps universel coordonné, TUC universal time coordinated, UTC; temps de vol flying time.
    au temps pour moi! my mistake!; il y a un temps de se taire et un temps de parler there is a time to keep silence and a time to speak; le temps perdu ne se rattrape jamais or ne revient point Prov you can't make up for lost time; par le temps qui court, par les temps qui courent with things as they are; prendre le temps comme il vient to take things as they come; prendre or se donner or se payer○ du bon temps to have a whale of a time.
    [tɑ̃] nom masculin
    A.[CLIMAT] weather
    avec le temps qu'il fait, par ce temps in this weather
    il fait un temps gris it's overcast, the weather's dull (UK) ou gloomy
    par beau temps ou par temps clair, on voit la côte anglaise when it's fine ou on a clear day, you can see the English coast
    B.[DURÉE]
    1. [écoulement des jours]
    comme le temps passe!, comme ou que le temps passe vite! how time flies!
    2. [durée indéterminée] time (substantif non comptable)
    pour passer le temps to while away ou to pass the time
    3. [durée nécessaire] time (substantif comptable)
    va chercher du lait, le temps que je fasse du thé go and get some milk while I make some tea
    surtout prends ton temps! (ironique) take your time, won't you?, don't hurry, will you?
    temps de cuisson/préparation CUISINE cooking/preparation time
    être ou travailler à temps partiel to work part-time
    être ou travailler à plein temps ou à temps plein to work full-time
    faire un trois quarts (de) temps ≃ to work 30 hours per week
    4. [loisir] time (substantif comptable)
    maintenant qu'elle est à la retraite, elle ne sait plus quoi faire de son temps now that she's retired, she doesn't know how to fill her time
    mon train est à 7 h, j'ai grandement ou tout le temps my train is at 7, I've plenty of time (to spare)
    ne nous pressons pas, on a tout notre temps! (ironique) couldn't you go (just) a little bit slower?
    5. [moment favorable]
    il est temps: il est (grand) temps! it's high time!, it's about time!
    la voilà — il était temps! here she is — it's about time ou and not a minute too soon ou and about time too!
    il était temps, le bol allait tomber that was close, the bowl was about to fall
    il n'est plus temps de discuter, il faut agir the time for discussion is past ou enough talking, we must act
    il est temps que tu t'inscrives you'd better enrol soon, it's time you enrolled
    6. [époque déterminée] time (substantif comptable)
    le temps n'est plus aux querelles we should put quarrels behind us, the time for quarelling is past
    il fut un temps où... there was a time when...
    le temps n'est plus où... gone are the days when...
    être en avance/en retard sur son temps to be ahead of/behind one's time
    dans mon jeune temps when I was young, in my younger days
    j'ai cru, un temps, que... I thought, for a while, that...
    elle est fidèle — ça n'aura ou ne durera qu'un temps she's faithful — it won't last
    faire son temps [détenu, soldat] to do ou to serve one's time
    la cafetière/mon manteau a fait son temps (familier) the coffee machine's/my coat's seen better days
    en temps normal ou ordinaire usually, in normal circumstances
    7. [saison, période de l'année] time (substantif comptable), season
    le temps des cerises/pêches the cherry/peach season
    8. [phase - d'une action, d'un mouvement] stage
    temps d'accès/d'amorçage access/start-up time
    le temps de l'avent/du carême (the season of) Advent/Lent
    le temps pascal Easter time, Eastertide
    14. SPORT [d'une course] time
    ESCRIME [durée - d'une action] time, temps ; [ - d'un combat] bout
    ————————
    [tɑ̃] nom masculin pluriel
    [époque] times, days
    les temps modernes/préhistoriques modern/prehistoric times
    ————————
    à temps locution adverbiale
    je n'arriverai/je ne finirai jamais à temps! I'll never make it/I'll never finish in time!
    ————————
    à temps perdu locution adverbiale
    ————————
    → link=enen même temps
    ————————
    → link=enen même temps que
    ————————
    au temps de locution prépositionnelle
    in ou at the time of, in the days of
    au temps jadis locution adverbiale
    au temps où locution conjonctive,
    au temps que locution conjonctive
    ————————
    avec le temps locution adverbiale
    avec le temps, tout s'arrange time is a great healer
    ces temps-ci locution adverbiale
    dans ce temps-là locution adverbiale
    → link=enen même temps
    → link=enen même temps que
    dans le temps locution adverbiale
    ————————
    dans les temps locution adverbiale
    a. [pour un travail] to be on schedule ou time
    b. [pour une course] to be within the time (limit)
    de temps à autre locution adverbiale,
    de temps en temps locution adverbiale
    ————————
    du temps de locution prépositionnelle
    du temps de notre père, tu n'aurais pas osé when our father was (still) alive, you wouldn't have dared
    de mon temps, ça n'existait pas when I was young ou in my day, there was no such thing
    → link=auau temps où
    → link=dansdans ce temps-là
    en même temps locution adverbiale
    en même temps que locution conjonctive
    ————————
    en temps de locution prépositionnelle
    en temps de guerre/paix in wartime/peacetime
    en temps de prospérité/récession in times of prosperity/recession
    en temps et lieu locution adverbiale
    in due course ou time, at the proper time and place
    en un temps où locution conjonctive
    ————————
    par les temps qui courent locution adverbiale
    (familier) (things being as they are) these days ou nowadays
    tout le temps locution adverbiale
    ————————
    temps fort nom masculin
    ————————
    temps mort nom masculin
    1. [au basketball, au volleyball] time-out
    [dans une conversation] lull, pause

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > temps

  • 18 warlord

    noun
    a very powerful military leader.
    قائِد عَسْكَري قوي جدا

    Arabic-English dictionary > warlord

  • 19 eşek

    1. donkey, ass. 2. colloq. ass, donkey, nitwit. - başı vulg. ineffective leader, *shit-head. - başı mısın? vulg. Why don´t you use your authority? - başı mıyım? vulg. What do you take me for? - cenneti slang 1. the next world, the other world. 2. hell. 3. jail, clink, jug, cooler. - cilvesi coarse playful behavior. - derisi gibi 1. very thick and coarse (skin). 2. unfeeling, insensitive. -ten düşmüş karpuza dönmek slang 1. to be shocked. 2. to find oneself in trouble. - gibi vulg. asinine, coarse, thoughtless. -e gücü yetmeyip semerini dövmek colloq. to vent one´s fury on a less powerful person than the one in charge. - inadı vulg. pigheadedness, mulishness. - kadar grown up, mature, big. - kadar oldu. vulg. He is big enough to know what´s what. - kuyruğu gibi ne uzar, ne kısalır. colloq. It just stays the same. - oyunu horseplay. - pastırması poor quality preserved meat. -ini/atını sağlam kazığa bağlamak to take precautions. - sudan gelinceye kadar dövmek /ı/ to give (someone) a good thrashing. - şakası colloq. horseplay, coarse practical joke. -e ters bindirmek /ı/ to expose to ridicule, make a laughingstock (of).

    Saja Türkçe - İngilizce Sözlük > eşek

См. также в других словарях:

  • powerful — adjective Date: 15th century 1. having great power, prestige, or influence < a powerful leader > 2. leading to many or important deductions < a powerful set of postulates > • powerfully adverb …   New Collegiate Dictionary

  • Leader of the Opposition (Malta) — Leader of the Opposition of Malta Kap tal Opożżizjoni ta Malta Coat of Arms of the Republic of Malta …   Wikipedia

  • Leader-1 — is the name of two fictional robot characters from the Go Bots and Transformers toy lines. GoBotsIn the animated series Challenge of the GoBots, Leader 1 was the leader of the Guardians. He could fly, project energy blasts, and project a force… …   Wikipedia

  • powerful — [[t]pa͟ʊə(r)fʊl[/t]] ♦♦ 1) ADJ GRADED A powerful person or organization is able to control or influence people and events. → See also all powerful You re a powerful man people will listen to you. ...Russia and India, two large, powerful countries …   English dictionary

  • leader — noun 1 person who is in charge of sth ADJECTIVE ▪ born, natural, true ▪ charismatic, effective, good, great, inspirational, inspired …   Collocations dictionary

  • powerful — adj. VERBS ▪ be, feel, look, seem ▪ become, get, grow ▪ make sb/sth ADVERB …   Collocations dictionary

  • all-powerful — adjective Date: 1667 having complete or sole power < an all powerful leader > …   New Collegiate Dictionary

  • Supreme Leader of Iran — Rahbar redirects here. For the 1940s communist newspaper, see Rahbar (newspaper). Supreme Leader of the Islamic Republic of Iran Emblem of Islamic Republic of Iran …   Wikipedia

  • Minority leader of the United States House of Representatives — Democratic Leader Incumbent Nancy Pelosi …   Wikipedia

  • SS and Police Leader — ( de. SS und Polizeiführer) was a title for senior Nazi officials that commanded large units of the SS during and prior to World War II. The office of SS and Police Leader was one of the most powerful postings in Nazi Germany. Fact|date=March… …   Wikipedia

  • Loss leader — A loss leader or leader [ [http://www.bartleby.com/61/46/L0084600.html Leader] , The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language: Fourth Edition , Houghton Mifflin Company, 2000.] (also called a key value item in the United Kingdom) is a …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»